Growthink logo white

Dog Training Business Plan Template

Written by Dave Lavinsky

Dog Training Business Plan

Over the past 20+ years, we have helped over 2,000 entrepreneurs and business owners create business plans to start and grow their dog training businesses. On this page, we will first give you some background information with regards to the importance of business planning. We will then go through a dog training business plan template step-by-step so you can create your plan today.

Download our Ultimate Business Plan Template here >

What is a Dog Training Business Plan?

A business plan provides a snapshot of your dog training business as it stands today, and lays out your growth plan for the next five years. It explains your business goals and your strategy for reaching them. It also includes market research to support your plans.

Why You Need a Business Plan for a Dog Training Business

If you’re looking to start a dog training business, or grow your existing dog training business, you need a business plan. A business plan will help you raise funding, if needed, and plan out the growth of your dog training business in order to improve your chances of success. Your dog training business plan is a living document that should be updated annually as your company grows and changes.

Sources of Funding for Dog Training Businesses

With regards to funding, the main sources of funding for a dog training business are personal savings, credit cards, bank loans and angel investors. With regards to bank loans, banks will want to review your business plan and gain confidence that you will be able to repay your loan and interest. To acquire this confidence, the loan officer will not only want to confirm that your financials are reasonable, but they will also want to see a professional plan. Such a plan will give them the confidence that you can successfully and professionally operate a business.

Personal savings is the other most common form of funding for a dog training business. Venture capitalists will usually not fund a dog training business. They might consider funding a dog training business with a national presence, but never an individual location. This is because most venture capitalists are looking for millions of dollars in return when they make an investment, and an individual location could never achieve such results.  With that said, personal savings and bank loans are the most common funding paths for dog training businesses.

Finish Your Business Plan Today!

If you want to start a dog training business or expand your current one, you need a business plan. Below are links to each section of your dog training business plan template:

Executive Summary

Your executive summary provides an introduction to your business plan, but it is normally the last section you write because it provides a summary of each key section of your plan.

The goal of your Executive Summary is to quickly engage the reader. Explain to them the type of dog training business you are operating and the status. For example, are you a startup, do you have a dog training business that you would like to grow, or are you operating a chain of dog training businesses?

Next, provide an overview of each of the subsequent sections of your plan. For example, give a brief overview of the dog training industry. Discuss the type of dog training business you are operating. Detail your direct competitors. Give an overview of your target customers. Provide a snapshot of your marketing plan. Identify the key members of your team. And offer an overview of your financial plan.  

Company Analysis

In your company analysis, you will detail the type of dog training business you are operating.

For example, you might operate one of the following types of dog training businesses:

  • Puppy Training: this type of business focuses on training dogs while they are still puppies, teaching them basic obedience.
  • Dog Bootcamp: this type of dog training is where dogs with more serious behavioral issues are boarded for an extended period of time in order to correct ingrained behavior.
  • In-Home Training : this type of training is for people whose dogs may not do well around other dogs or for whom it isn’t convenient to travel, so the trainer visits their home to train their dog(s).
  • M&A Dog Training

In addition to explaining the type of dog training business you will operate, the Company Analysis section of your business plan needs to provide background on the business.

Include answers to question such as:

  • When and why did you start the business?
  • What milestones have you achieved to date? Milestones could include the number of customers served, number of positive reviews, number of dog training graduates etc.
  • Your legal structure. Are you incorporated as an S-Corp? An LLC? A sole proprietorship? Explain your legal structure here.

Industry Analysis

In your industry analysis, you need to provide an overview of the dog training industry.

While this may seem unnecessary, it serves multiple purposes.

First, researching the dog training industry educates you. It helps you understand the market in which you are operating.

Secondly, market research can improve your strategy, particularly if your research identifies market trends.

The third reason for market research is to prove to readers that you are an expert in your industry. By conducting the research and presenting it in your plan, you achieve just that.

The following questions should be answered in the industry analysis section of your dog training business plan:

  • How big is the dog training industry (in dollars)?
  • Is the market declining or increasing?
  • Who are the key competitors in the market?
  • Who are the key suppliers in the market?
  • What trends are affecting the industry?
  • What is the industry’s growth forecast over the next 5 – 10 years?
  • What is the relevant market size? That is, how big is the potential market for your dog training business? You can extrapolate such a figure by assessing the size of the market in the entire country and then applying that figure to your local population.

Customer Analysis

The customer analysis section of your dog training business plan must detail the customers you serve and/or expect to serve.

The following are examples of customer segments: puppy owners, rescue dog owners, busy corporate owners, and families.

As you can imagine, the customer segment(s) you choose will have a great impact on the type of dog training business you operate. Clearly, puppy owners would respond to different marketing promotions than rescue dog owners, for example.

Try to break out your target customers in terms of their demographic and psychographic profiles. With regards to demographics, include a discussion of the ages, genders, locations and income levels of the customers you seek to serve. Because most dog training businesses primarily serve customers living in their same city or town, such demographic information is easy to find on government websites.

Psychographic profiles explain the wants and needs of your target customers. The more you can understand and define these needs, the better you will do in attracting and retaining your customers.

Finish Your Dog Training Business Plan in 1 Day!

Don’t you wish there was a faster, easier way to finish your business plan?

With Growthink’s Ultimate Business Plan Template you can finish your plan in just 8 hours or less!

Competitive Analysis

Your competitive analysis should identify the indirect and direct competitors your business faces and then focus on the latter.

Direct competitors are other dog training businesses.

Indirect competitors are other options that customers have to purchase from that aren’t direct competitors. This includes doggy daycare, dog walkers and purveyors of dog training books. You need to mention such competition as well.

With regards to direct competition, you want to describe the other dog training businesses with which you compete. Most likely, your direct competitors will be dog trainers located very close to your location.

For each such competitor, provide an overview of their businesses and document their strengths and weaknesses. Unless you once worked at your competitors’ businesses, it will be impossible to know everything about them. But you should be able to find out key things about them such as:

  • What types of customers do they serve?
  • What types of dogs do they train?
  • What is their pricing (premium, low, etc.)?
  • What are they good at?
  • What are their weaknesses?

With regards to the last two questions, think about your answers from the customers’ perspective. And don’t be afraid to ask your competitors’ customers what they like most and least about them.

The final part of your competitive analysis section is to document your areas of competitive advantage. For example:

  • Will you provide better or more flexible training services?
  • Will you provide services that your competitors don’t offer?
  • Will you provide better customer service?
  • Will you offer better pricing?

Think about ways you will outperform your competition and document them in this section of your plan.  

Marketing Plan

Traditionally, a marketing plan includes the four P’s: Product, Price, Place, and Promotion. For a dog training business plan, your marketing plan should include the following:

Product : In the product section, you should reiterate the type of dog training company that you documented in your Company Analysis. Then, detail the specific products you will be offering. For example, in addition to dog training, will you provide dog products, grooming services, or doggy daycare?

Price : Document the prices you will offer and how they compare to your competitors. Essentially in the product and price sub-sections of your marketing plan, you are presenting the services you offer and their prices.

Place : Place refers to the location of your dog training company. Document your location and mention how the location will impact your success. For example, is your dog training business located in a busy retail district, shopping plaza, home, etc. Discuss how your location might be the ideal location for your customers.

Promotions : The final part of your dog training marketing plan is the promotions section. Here you will document how you will drive customers to your location(s). The following are some promotional methods you might consider:

  • Advertising in local papers and magazines
  • Reaching out to local websites
  • Social media marketing
  • Local radio advertising

Operations Plan

While the earlier sections of your business plan explained your goals, your operations plan describes how you will meet them. Your operations plan should have two distinct sections as follows.

Everyday short-term processes include all of the tasks involved in running your dog training business, including marketing to new clients, attending training conferences, training dogs and meeting with prospective clients.

Long-term goals are the milestones you hope to achieve. These could include the dates when you expect to train your 50th dog, or when you hope to reach $X in revenue. It could also be when you expect to expand your dog training business to a new city.  

Management Team

To demonstrate your dog training business’ ability to succeed, a strong management team is essential. Highlight your key players’ backgrounds, emphasizing those skills and experiences that prove their ability to grow a company.

Ideally you and/or your team members have direct experience in managing dog training businesses. If so, highlight this experience and expertise. But also highlight any experience that you think will help your business succeed.

If your team is lacking, consider assembling an advisory board. An advisory board would include 2 to 8 individuals who would act like mentors to your business. They would help answer questions and provide strategic guidance. If needed, look for advisory board members with experience in dog training or successfully running small businesses.  

Financial Plan

Your financial plan should include your 5-year financial statement broken out both monthly or quarterly for the first year and then annually. Your financial statements include your income statement, balance sheet and cash flow statements.

Income Statement : an income statement is more commonly called a Profit and Loss statement or P&L. It shows your revenues and then subtracts your costs to show whether you turned a profit or not.

In developing your income statement, you need to devise assumptions. For example, will you train ten new dogs per month or per quarter? And will sales grow by 2% or 10% per year? As you can imagine, your choice of assumptions will greatly impact the financial forecasts for your business. As much as possible, conduct research to try to root your assumptions in reality.

Balance Sheets : Balance sheets show your assets and liabilities. While balance sheets can include much information, try to simplify them to the key items you need to know about. For instance, if you spend $50,000 on building out your dog training business, this will not give you immediate profits. Rather it is an asset that will hopefully help you generate profits for years to come. Likewise, if a bank writes you a check for $50,000, you don’t need to pay it back immediately. Rather, that is a liability you will pay back over time.

Cash Flow Statement : Your cash flow statement will help determine how much money you need to start or grow your business, and make sure you never run out of money. What most entrepreneurs and business owners don’t realize is that you can turn a profit but run out of money and go bankrupt.

In developing your Income Statement and Balance Sheets be sure to include several of the key costs needed in starting or growing a dog training business:

  • Location build-out including design fees, construction, etc.
  • Cost of equipment and supplies
  • Payroll or salaries paid to staff
  • Business insurance
  • Taxes and permits
  • Legal expenses

Attach your full financial projections in the appendix of your plan along with any supporting documents that make your plan more compelling. For example, you might include your training location lease or descriptions of your training programs.  

Putting together a business plan for your dog training business is a worthwhile endeavor. If you follow the template above, by the time you are done, you will truly be an expert. You will really understand the dog training industry, your competition, and your customers. You will have developed a marketing plan and will really understand what it takes to launch and grow a successful dog training business.

Don’t you wish there was a faster, easier way to finish your Dog Training business plan?

OR, Let Us Develop Your Plan For You

Since 1999, Growthink has developed business plans for thousands of companies who have gone on to achieve tremendous success.  

Click here to see how Growthink’s professional business plan consulting services can create your business plan for you.

Other Helpful Business Plan Articles & Templates

Business Plan Template

PlanBuildr Logo

Dog Training Business Plan Template

Written by Dave Lavinsky

Dog Training Business Plan

You’ve come to the right place to create your Dog Training business plan.

We have helped over 1,000 entrepreneurs and business owners create business plans and many have used them to start or grow their Dog Training businesses.

Below is a template to help you create each section of your Dog Training business plan.

Executive Summary

Business overview.

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center is a startup dog training company located in Portland, Oregon. The company is founded by Sandra Jackson, a dog trainer who has trained over two hundred dogs during the past ten years as an employee of the Complete Dog Training Company. Sandra has garnered several national and state awards as a dog trainer for specific breeds of dogs and she has groomed and trained over twenty national award-winning, pedigreed dogs in various competitive kennel club shows.

Product Offering

The following are the services that Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will provide:

  • At-center or In-home training programs and plans
  • Professional trainers with proven track records
  • Puppy training packages
  • All breeds, sizes, shapes, ages
  • Remote collar training/no leash training
  • Advanced K-9 Command training
  • Personalized in-home consultations for troubled dogs

Customer Focus

All dogs and dog owners are welcomed at Wagging Tails Dog Training Center. Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will target dog owners and those who have puppies, have a newly-acquired dog or are preparing for a dog. Dogs who need training by law enforcement officers will be trained in an intensive 12-week program. Also, purebred dog clubs and other kennel clubs will be targeted.

Management Team

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will be owned and operated by Sandra Jackson. She has hired two dog training professionals to serve with her, Jay Taylor and Kendra Samuelson, both of whom have experience in dog training and operational or administrative skills, as well.

Sandra Jackson holds a doctoral degree in veterinary medicine, earned at Auburn University in Alabama. She has trained over two hundred dogs during the past ten years as an employee of the Complete Dog Training Company. In addition, Sandra has garnered several national and state awards as a dog trainer for specific breeds of dogs and she has groomed and trained over twenty national award-winning, pedigreed dogs.

Jay Taylor is an experienced “remote collar” dog trainer with over six years of experience training off-the-leash K-9 dogs for law enforcement personnel. He is known and beloved by his clients for his caring warmth and dedication in training K-9 dogs to perfection. Jay also has experience in the oversight of professional kennels and maintenance; he will be assuming those duties upon startup of the Wagging Tails Dog Training Center.

Kendra Samuelson has been a dog trainer for five years, highly proficient at training small dogs in all areas of obedience through commands. Her style is to lead with gentleness, backed by a strong “parent-leader” role for the dog owner. She is also experienced in training center administration and will run the main office for the Wagging Tails Dog Training Center.

Success Factors

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will be able to achieve success by offering the following competitive advantages:

  • Friendly, knowledgeable, and highly qualified team of Wagging Tails Dog Training staff professionals.
  • Comprehensive menu of services and plans for dog training via a number of avenues that best suit the dog owners and breed of dogs.
  • Wagging Tails Dog Training Center offers the best package pricing for in-center or in-home training in the city of Portland. Their pricing structure is the most cost effective compared to the competition.
  • Specialized law-enforcement programs are offered for officers and K-9 working dogs.

Financial Highlights

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center is seeking $200,000 in debt financing to launch its Wagging Tails Dog Training Center. The funding will be dedicated toward securing the office space and purchasing dog training equipment and supplies. Funding will also be dedicated toward three months of overhead costs to include payroll of the staff, rent, and marketing costs for Wagging Tails Dog Training Center. The breakout of the funding is below:

  • Kennel and office space build-out: $20,000
  • Kennel equipment, dog training supplies, and materials: $10,000
  • Three months of overhead expenses (payroll, rent, utilities): $150,000
  • Marketing costs: $10,000
  • Working capital: $10,000

The following graph outlines the financial projections for Wagging Tails Dog Training Center.

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center Pro Forma Projections

Company Overview

Who is wagging tails dog training center.

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center is a newly established, full-service dog training business located in Portland, Oregon. Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will be the most reliable, cost-effective, and efficient choice for private dog owners and professional dog owners in Portland and the surrounding communities. Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will provide a comprehensive menu of plans, formats, and services for any dog owner or prospective dog owner to utilize. Their full-service approach includes a comprehensive set of dog training plans and pricing structures.

  Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will be able to manage dog training kennels, all training outdoor facilities, dog training processes and boarding of dogs, as needed. The team of professionals are highly qualified and experienced in several methods of dog training, kennel care, all-breed training and puppy consultations, as well. Wagging Tails Dog Training Center removes all headaches and issues of dog training and ensures all issues with dog obedience are carefully removed during the training process. Wagging Tails Dog Training Center takes care of the hardship of dog training while delivering the best customer service.

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center History

Since incorporation, Wagging Tails Dog Training Center has achieved the following milestones:

  • Registered Wagging Tails Dog Training Center, LLC to transact business in the state of Oregon.
  • Has a multi-year contract in place with a purebred dog kennel club for training services. Wagging Tails Dog Training Centers will manage to set up its kennel and operations areas of 30,000 square feet.
  • Reached out to numerous contacts to include Wagging Tails Dog Training Center.
  • Began recruiting a kennel staff of Wagging Tails Dog Training Center and office personnel to work in human resources, administration and bookkeeping areas of service.

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center Services

The following will be the services Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will provide:

  • Day to day dog-training management

Industry Analysis

The dog training industry is expected to grow over the next five years to over $825 million by 2028. The growth will be driven by two areas of sector growth: law enforcement trained dogs for duties such as search and rescue, and privately owned dogs requiring training for obedience and good behavior for owners and families. Dog training companies are expected to increase in number and size, as more families travel without their dogs and require kenneling, and more individuals are choosing to make dogs part of the family in significant ways. This requires extensive training for “remote collar” capabilities, no-leash obedience and other forms of well-designed training that keeps the dog “on the team” and “on the job” at all times. Costs will likely be reduced, as dog kennel supplies have become more available, particulary with green products that are environmentally approved.

Customer Analysis

Demographic profile of target market.

All dogs and dog owners are welcomed at Wagging Tails Dog Training Center. Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will target dog owners and those who have a puppy, have a newly-acquired dog or are preparing for a dog. Dogs who need training by law enforcement officers will be trained in an intensive 12-week program. Also, purebred dog clubs and other kennel clubs will be targeted..

TotalPercent
    Total population1,680,988100%
        Male838,67549.9%
        Female842,31350.1%
        20 to 24 years114,8726.8%
        25 to 34 years273,58816.3%
        35 to 44 years235,94614.0%
        45 to 54 years210,25612.5%
        55 to 59 years105,0576.2%
        60 to 64 years87,4845.2%
        65 to 74 years116,8787.0%
        75 to 84 years52,5243.1%

Customer Segmentation

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will primarily target the following customer profiles:

  • Private owners of dogs in need of training
  • Law enforcement officers in need of training for K-9 working dogs
  • Kennel club owners who need pre-show training for purebreds

Competitive Analysis

Direct and indirect competitors.

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will face competition from other companies with similar business profiles. A description of each competitor company follows:

Cop Dogs Training Grounds

Cop Dogs Training Grounds exists as a direct competitor to Wagging Tails Dog Training Center, as staff members train law enforcement K-9 dogs for service duty. The dogs are housed in kennels during training, which typically consists of 8 weeks in duration. Cop Dogs Training Grounds is located in Beaverton, Oregon on 10 acres of property. Private and group dog training sessions are not offered, nor are other services offered other than K-9 dog training and development as working dogs for life.

Cop Dogs Training Grounds promises to deliver fully-trained and equipped dogs for law enforcement service and guarantees are offered if dogs do not obey commands. They provide housing in kennels, food, veterinary services, and professional trainer services. They follow a multi-step process and have a motto that indicates their client target market: “Trained to Serve 24/7.”

Les Enfants Puppy Training Service

Les Enfants Puppy Training Service is a direct competitor of Wagging Tails Dog Training Center. Les Enfants Puppy Training Service takes 9 week to 16 week puppies into in-kennel boarding and care while training them for private owners. Training includes: potty training, crate training, remote collar training and “off leash” training. Owners may choose 4-week or 8-week programs, depending on the length of training desired or the temperament of the puppy. The Les Enfants Puppy Training Service offers a money-back guarantee and has been in business for three years as a C-corporation. There are 4 employees who work with the puppies on a daily basis, with 2 additional employees in the administration office. Located in Newhall, Oregon, the facilities are mostly on lawn or clipped turf with kennels that are heated or cooled, as needed.

CoExist Dog Trainers

CoExist Dog Trainers is a direct competitor to Wagging Tails Dog Training Center. CoExist Dog Trainers works with dogs of all sizes and age levels, providing in-kennel training or private in-home training. The company has been in business for two years and specializes in crate-training dogs for owners who are absent during the daytime hours. Packages and pricing services are offered, with recommendations for care when dogs are anxious or acting out in the evenings when owners return. CoExist Dog Trainers is a sole proprietorship, owned by Mackie McCall, who has been a dog trainer and poodle breeder for twenty-five years. The property is two acres with ten large kennels in the outdoor area. Two part-time employees assist Mackie McCall in breeding and raising dogs. The philosophy of CoExist Dog Trainers is that dogs should be free to run and play in any environment; therefore, training is centered on the owner’s responsibility to contain dogs in public places as the dogs run freely and without leash constraints.

Competitive Advantage

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will be able to offer the following advantages over their competition:

  • Comprehensive menu of services and plans for dog training via a number of avenues that best suit the dog owners and their furry friends.
  • Specialized law-enforcement programs for officers and K-9 working dogs.

Marketing Plan

Brand & value proposition.

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will offer the unique value proposition to its clientele:

  • Highly-qualified team of skilled personnel, including a veterinarian, that is able to provide a comprehensive set of training options, including packages for all types of dogs and working K-9 dog programs.
  • Unbeatable pricing to its clients, including long-term contracts for professional training of purebred and K-9 dogs. They will offer the most cost-efficient training in Portland, Oregon.

Promotions Strategy

The promotions strategy for Wagging Tails Dog Training Center is as follows:

Word of Mouth/Referrals

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center has built up an extensive list of contacts over the years by providing exceptional service and expertise for clients. They have communicated to Sandra Jackson that they have been very satisfied with her service as a dog trainer and veterinarian during prior years and would like to continue using the services of Wagging Tails Dog Training Center when it opens. In addition, one long-term contract has already been signed for Sandra Jackson as a trainer of a purebred kennel club dog show trainer. This will assist in word of mouth referrals and additional attention focused with potential clients at the new Wagging Tails Dog Training Center.

Professional Associations and Networking

Sandra Jackson is accredited by the National Association of Veterinarians and has been networking for the past several years at association conventions. She will continue to build interest via networking. Jay Talor and Kendra Samuelson will also join and network with contacts they have to assist in the process.

Print Advertising

Print advertising will be employed in the form of direct mailers to every household in the Portland, Oregon area. This effort will reach dog owners with dog-training needs and include the surrounding areas of Portland in the launch effort.

Website/SEO Marketing

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will utilize their website as a primary driver of marketing. The website will be well organized, informative, and list all their services that Wagging Tails Dog Training Center is able to provide. The website will also list the descriptions of packages and pricings for each plan of training. Jay will manage the website presence with SEO marketing tactics so that anytime someone types in the Google or Bing search engine “Portland dog training” or “dog training near me,” Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will be listed at the top of the search results.

The pricing of Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will be moderate and on par with competitors so customers feel they receive excellent value when purchasing their services.

Operations Plan

The following will be the operations plan for Wagging Tails Dog Training Center. Operation Functions:

  • Sandra Jackson will be the Owner and President of the company. She will oversee all staff and manage client relations. She has spent the past year recruiting the following staff:
  • Kendra Samuelson will be the Office Manager who will manage the office administration, client files, and accounts payable. In addition, she will be a Dog Trainer and provide puppy consultations, as well.
  • Jay Taylor will be the Senior Dog Trainer and specialize in K-9 dog training. He will oversee and be responsible for the kennel maintenance and general grounds of the facilities.

Milestones:

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will have the following milestones complete in the next six months.

  • 5/1/202X – Finalize contract to lease grounds and office location space
  • 5/15/202X – Finalize personnel and staff employment contracts for the Wagging Tails Dog Training Center
  • 6/1/202X – Finalize contracts for Wagging Tails Dog Training Center clients
  • 6/15/202X – Begin networking at association events
  • 6/22/202X – Begin moving into Wagging Tails Dog Training Center grounds and office
  • 7/1/202X – Wagging Tails Dog Training Center opens for business

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center will be owned and operated by Sandra Jackson. She recruited Jay Taylor and Kendra Samuelson to be dog trainers and to hold the specific roles of kennel director (Jay) and training center administrator (Kendra).

Sandra Jackson holds a degree in veterinary medicine, earned at Auburn University in Alabama. She has trained over two hundred dogs during the past ten years as an employee of the Complete Dog Training Company. In addition, Sandra has garnered several national and state awards as a dog trainer for specific breeds of dogs and she has groomed and trained over twenty national award-winning, pedigreed dogs. She has successfully secured a long-term contract with a professional kennel club for dog training at the new Wagging Tails Dog Training Center.

Financial Plan

Key revenue & costs.

The revenue drivers for Wagging Tails Dog Training Center are the fees they will charge to the private dog owners, purebred owners, and kennel club contracts for their services. Most other dog trainers charge hourly prices that are more expensive than the package and price plans offered by Wagging Tails Dog Training Center for their services.

The cost drivers will be the overhead costs required in order to staff, run and operate the Wagging Trails Dog Training Center. The expenses will be the payroll cost, rent, utilities, office supplies, and marketing materials, as needed.

Funding Requirements and Use of Funds

Wagging Tails Dog Training Center is seeking $200,000 in debt financing to launch its property management business. The funding will be dedicated toward securing the office space and purchasing office equipment and supplies. Funding will also be dedicated toward three months of overhead costs to include payroll of the staff, rent, and marketing costs for the print ads and association memberships. The breakout of the funding is below:

Key Assumptions

The following outlines the key assumptions required in order to achieve the revenue and cost numbers in the financials and in order to pay off the startup business loan.

  • Number of packages sold and contracts in place per month: 112
  • Average fees per month: $50,000
  • Office lease per year: $100,000

Financial Projections

Income statement.

FY 1FY 2FY 3FY 4FY 5
Revenues
Total Revenues$360,000$793,728$875,006$964,606$1,063,382
Expenses & Costs
Cost of goods sold$64,800$142,871$157,501$173,629$191,409
Lease$50,000$51,250$52,531$53,845$55,191
Marketing$10,000$8,000$8,000$8,000$8,000
Salaries$157,015$214,030$235,968$247,766$260,155
Initial expenditure$10,000$0$0$0$0
Total Expenses & Costs$291,815$416,151$454,000$483,240$514,754
EBITDA$68,185 $377,577 $421,005 $481,366 $548,628
Depreciation$27,160$27,160 $27,160 $27,160 $27,160
EBIT$41,025 $350,417 $393,845$454,206$521,468
Interest$23,462$20,529 $17,596 $14,664 $11,731
PRETAX INCOME$17,563 $329,888 $376,249 $439,543 $509,737
Net Operating Loss$0$0$0$0$0
Use of Net Operating Loss$0$0$0$0$0
Taxable Income$17,563$329,888$376,249$439,543$509,737
Income Tax Expense$6,147$115,461$131,687$153,840$178,408
NET INCOME$11,416 $214,427 $244,562 $285,703 $331,329

Balance Sheet

FY 1FY 2FY 3FY 4FY 5
ASSETS
Cash$154,257$348,760$573,195$838,550$1,149,286
Accounts receivable$0$0$0$0$0
Inventory$30,000$33,072$36,459$40,192$44,308
Total Current Assets$184,257$381,832$609,654$878,742$1,193,594
Fixed assets$180,950$180,950$180,950$180,950$180,950
Depreciation$27,160$54,320$81,480$108,640 $135,800
Net fixed assets$153,790 $126,630 $99,470 $72,310 $45,150
TOTAL ASSETS$338,047$508,462$709,124$951,052$1,238,744
LIABILITIES & EQUITY
Debt$315,831$270,713$225,594$180,475 $135,356
Accounts payable$10,800$11,906$13,125$14,469 $15,951
Total Liability$326,631 $282,618 $238,719 $194,944 $151,307
Share Capital$0$0$0$0$0
Retained earnings$11,416 $225,843 $470,405 $756,108$1,087,437
Total Equity$11,416$225,843$470,405$756,108$1,087,437
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY$338,047$508,462$709,124$951,052$1,238,744

Cash Flow Statement

FY 1FY 2FY 3FY 4FY 5
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS
Net Income (Loss)$11,416 $214,427 $244,562 $285,703$331,329
Change in working capital($19,200)($1,966)($2,167)($2,389)($2,634)
Depreciation$27,160 $27,160 $27,160 $27,160 $27,160
Net Cash Flow from Operations$19,376 $239,621 $269,554 $310,473 $355,855
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS
Investment($180,950)$0$0$0$0
Net Cash Flow from Investments($180,950)$0$0$0$0
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING
Cash from equity$0$0$0$0$0
Cash from debt$315,831 ($45,119)($45,119)($45,119)($45,119)
Net Cash Flow from Financing$315,831 ($45,119)($45,119)($45,119)($45,119)
Net Cash Flow$154,257$194,502 $224,436 $265,355$310,736
Cash at Beginning of Period$0$154,257$348,760$573,195$838,550
Cash at End of Period$154,257$348,760$573,195$838,550$1,149,286

Dog Training Business Plan FAQs

What is a dog training business plan.

A dog training business plan is a plan to start and/or grow your dog training business. Among other things, it outlines your business concept, identifies your target customers, presents your marketing plan and details your financial projections.

You can easily complete your Dog Training business plan using our Dog Training Business Plan Template here .

What are the Main Types of Dog Training Businesses?

There are a number of different kinds of dog training businesses , some examples include: Puppy Training, Dog Bootcamp, In-Home Training, and M&A Dog Training.

How Do You Get Funding for Your Dog Training Business Plan?

Dog Training businesses are often funded through small business loans. Personal savings, credit card financing and angel investors are also popular forms of funding.

What are the Steps To Start a Dog Training Business?

Starting a dog training business can be an exciting endeavor. Having a clear roadmap of the steps to start a business will help you stay focused on your goals and get started faster.

1. Develop A Dog Training Business Plan - The first step in starting a business is to create a detailed dog training business plan that outlines all aspects of the venture. This should include potential market size and target customers, the services or products you will offer, pricing strategies and a detailed financial forecast. 

2. Choose Your Legal Structure - It's important to select an appropriate legal entity for your dog training business. This could be a limited liability company (LLC), corporation, partnership, or sole proprietorship. Each type has its own benefits and drawbacks so it’s important to do research and choose wisely so that your dog training business is in compliance with local laws.

3. Register Your Dog Training Business - Once you have chosen a legal structure, the next step is to register your dog training business with the government or state where you’re operating from. This includes obtaining licenses and permits as required by federal, state, and local laws.

4. Identify Financing Options - It’s likely that you’ll need some capital to start your dog training business, so take some time to identify what financing options are available such as bank loans, investor funding, grants, or crowdfunding platforms.

5. Choose a Location - Whether you plan on operating out of a physical location or not, you should always have an idea of where you’ll be based should it become necessary in the future as well as what kind of space would be suitable for your operations.

6. Hire Employees - There are several ways to find qualified employees including job boards like LinkedIn or Indeed as well as hiring agencies if needed – depending on what type of employees you need it might also be more effective to reach out directly through networking events.

7. Acquire Necessary Dog Training Equipment & Supplies - In order to start your dog training business, you'll need to purchase all of the necessary equipment and supplies to run a successful operation. 

8. Market & Promote Your Business - Once you have all the necessary pieces in place, it’s time to start promoting and marketing your dog training business. This includes creating a website, utilizing social media platforms like Facebook or Twitter, and having an effective Search Engine Optimization (SEO) strategy. You should also consider traditional marketing techniques such as radio or print advertising.

Dog Training Business Plan Template & Guidebook

If you're looking to start a business in the pet industry, then having the right business plan and guidebook is essential for success. The #1 Dog Training Business Plan Template & Guidebook provides everything you need to launch and grow your business, from financial projections to legal and marketing advice. This comprehensive guidebook is designed to help you craft an effective strategy and make informed decisions as you embark on your entrepreneurial journey.

dog training center business plan

Get worry-free services and support to launch your business starting at $0 plus state fees.

  • How to Start a Profitable Dog Training Business [11 Steps]
  • 25 Catchy Dog Training Business Names:

How to Write a Dog Training Business Plan in 7 Steps:

1. describe the purpose of your dog training business..

The first step to writing your business plan is to describe the purpose of your dog training business. This includes describing why you are starting this type of business, and what problems it will solve for customers. This is a quick way to get your mind thinking about the customers’ problems. It also helps you identify what makes your business different from others in its industry.

It also helps to include a vision statement so that readers can understand what type of company you want to build.

Here is an example of a purpose mission statement for a dog training business:

Our mission at [Dog Training business name] is to provide comprehensive and comprehensive dog training services to help owners and their canine companions lead more fulfilling and rewarding lives. We strive to create a nurturing, supportive, and fun environment for both clients and dogs so that we can promote positive canine behavior for the benefit of all.

Image of Zenbusiness business formation

2. Products & Services Offered by Your Dog Training Business.

The next step is to outline your products and services for your dog training business. 

When you think about the products and services that you offer, it's helpful to ask yourself the following questions:

  • What is my business?
  • What are the products and/or services that I offer?
  • Why am I offering these particular products and/or services?
  • How do I differentiate myself from competitors with similar offerings?
  • How will I market my products and services?

You may want to do a comparison of your business plan against those of other competitors in the area, or even with online reviews. This way, you can find out what people like about them and what they don’t like, so that you can either improve upon their offerings or avoid doing so altogether.

Image of Zenbusiness business formation

3. Build a Creative Marketing Stratgey.

If you don't have a marketing plan for your dog training business, it's time to write one. Your marketing plan should be part of your business plan and be a roadmap to your goals. 

A good marketing plan for your dog training business includes the following elements:

Target market

  • Who is your target market?
  • What do these customers have in common?
  • How many of them are there?
  • How can you best reach them with your message or product?

Customer base 

  • Who are your current customers? 
  • Where did they come from (i.e., referrals)?
  • How can their experience with your dog training business help make them repeat customers, consumers, visitors, subscribers, or advocates for other people in their network or industry who might also benefit from using this service, product, or brand?

Product or service description

  • How does it work, what features does it have, and what are its benefits?
  • Can anyone use this product or service regardless of age or gender?
  • Can anyone visually see themselves using this product or service?
  • How will they feel when they do so? If so, how long will the feeling last after purchasing (or trying) the product/service for the first time?

Competitive analysis

  • Which companies are competing with yours today (and why)? 
  • Which ones may enter into competition with yours tomorrow if they find out about it now through word-of-mouth advertising; social media networks; friends' recommendations; etc.)
  • What specific advantages does each competitor offer over yours currently?

Marketing channels

  • Which marketing channel do you intend to leverage to attract new customers?
  • What is your estimated marketing budget needed?
  • What is the projected cost to acquire a new customer?
  • How many of your customers do you instead will return?

Form an LLC in your state!

dog training center business plan

4. Write Your Operational Plan.

Next, you'll need to build your operational plan. This section describes the type of business you'll be running, and includes the steps involved in your operations. 

In it, you should list:

  • The equipment and facilities needed
  • Who will be involved in the business (employees, contractors)
  • Financial requirements for each step
  • Milestones & KPIs
  • Location of your business
  • Zoning & permits required for the business

What equipment, supplies, or permits are needed to run a dog training business?

  • Dog Training Manual
  • Leashes and Collars
  • Clicker Trainers
  • Business License

5. Management & Organization of Your Dog Training Business.

The second part of your dog training business plan is to develop a management and organization section.

This section will cover all of the following:

  • How many employees you need in order to run your dog training business. This should include the roles they will play (for example, one person may be responsible for managing administrative duties while another might be in charge of customer service).
  • The structure of your management team. The higher-ups like yourself should be able to delegate tasks through lower-level managers who are directly responsible for their given department (inventory and sales, etc.).
  • How you’re going to make sure that everyone on board is doing their job well. You’ll want check-ins with employees regularly so they have time to ask questions or voice concerns if needed; this also gives you time to offer support where necessary while staying informed on how things are going within individual departments too!

6. Dog Training Business Startup Expenses & Captial Needed.

This section should be broken down by month and year. If you are still in the planning stage of your business, it may be helpful to estimate how much money will be needed each month until you reach profitability.

Typically, expenses for your business can be broken into a few basic categories:

Startup Costs

Startup costs are typically the first expenses you will incur when beginning an enterprise. These include legal fees, accounting expenses, and other costs associated with getting your business off the ground. The amount of money needed to start a dog training business varies based on many different variables, but below are a few different types of startup costs for a dog training business.

Running & Operating Costs

Running costs refer to ongoing expenses related directly with operating your business over time like electricity bills or salaries paid out each month. These types of expenses will vary greatly depending on multiple variables such as location, team size, utility costs, etc.

Marketing & Sales Expenses

You should include any costs associated with marketing and sales, such as advertising and promotions, website design or maintenance. Also, consider any additional expenses that may be incurred if you decide to launch a new product or service line. For example, if your dog training business has an existing website that needs an upgrade in order to sell more products or services, then this should be listed here.

7. Financial Plan & Projections

A financial plan is an important part of any business plan, as it outlines how the business will generate revenue and profit, and how it will use that profit to grow and sustain itself. To devise a financial plan for your dog training business, you will need to consider a number of factors, including your start-up costs, operating costs, projected revenue, and expenses. 

Here are some steps you can follow to devise a financial plan for your dog training business plan:

  • Determine your start-up costs: This will include the cost of purchasing or leasing the space where you will operate your business, as well as the cost of buying or leasing any equipment or supplies that you need to start the business.
  • Estimate your operating costs: Operating costs will include utilities, such as electricity, gas, and water, as well as labor costs for employees, if any, and the cost of purchasing any materials or supplies that you will need to run your business.
  • Project your revenue: To project your revenue, you will need to consider the number of customers you expect to have and the average amount they will spend on each visit. You can use this information to estimate how much money you will make from selling your products or services.
  • Estimate your expenses: In addition to your operating costs, you will need to consider other expenses, such as insurance, marketing, and maintenance. You will also need to set aside money for taxes and other fees.
  • Create a budget: Once you have estimated your start-up costs, operating costs, revenue, and expenses, you can use this information to create a budget for your business. This will help you to see how much money you will need to start the business, and how much profit you can expect to make.
  • Develop a plan for using your profit: Finally, you will need to decide how you will use your profit to grow and sustain your business. This might include investing in new equipment, expanding the business, or saving for a rainy day.

dog training center business plan

Frequently Asked Questions About Dog Training Business Plans:

Why do you need a business plan for a dog training business.

A business plan is essential for any business, including a dog training business. It provides a roadmap for launching and growing the business, helping to ensure that the owner has considered all aspects of the venture. A well-crafted business plan can help secure financing and attract investors, while helping to keep the company disciplined and focused on reaching its goals. It can also include details about the services offered, the target market, marketing strategies, financial projections, and more. Having a comprehensive plan in place is key to long-term success.

Who should you ask for help with your dog training business plan?

You should ask a business consultant or an experienced dog trainer for help with your dog training business plan. Additionally, you may want to consult a lawyer or financial advisor for assistance in legal and financial matters.

Can you write a dog training business plan yourself?

Yes, it is possible to write a dog training business plan yourself. A business plan is an essential part of starting any business and provides a roadmap for success. To write your own plan, start by researching the dog training industry and the market in your area. Identify your target customers and come up with a product or service that appeals to them.Next, develop a marketing strategy that details how you will get the word out about your business. Consider traditional marketing methods such as advertising, direct mail, and email campaigns, as well as online strategies such as search engine optimization and social media presence. The financial section of your business plan should include income projections, expenses, pricing structures, and how you plan to fund both start-up costs and ongoing operations. Make sure to include a timeline for when goals will be achieved. Finally, consider writing an executive summary that outlines the key points of the plan in an easily digestible format.

Related Business Plans

image of Home Inventory

Home Inventory Business Plan Template & Guidebook

image of Home Inspection

Home Inspection Business Plan Template & Guidebook

image of Home Decor

Home Decor Business Plan Template & Guidebook

image of Health And Wellness

Health And Wellness Business Plan Template & Guidebook

image of Hauling

Hauling Business Plan Template & Guidebook

image of Hardware

Hardware Business Plan Template & Guidebook

image of Handyman

Handyman Business Plan Template & Guidebook

image of Hair Extension

Hair Extension Business Plan Template & Guidebook

image of Handbag

Handbag Business Plan Template & Guidebook

We're newfoundr.com, dedicated to helping aspiring entrepreneurs succeed. As a small business owner with over five years of experience, I have garnered valuable knowledge and insights across a diverse range of industries. My passion for entrepreneurship drives me to share my expertise with aspiring entrepreneurs, empowering them to turn their business dreams into reality.

Through meticulous research and firsthand experience, I uncover the essential steps, software, tools, and costs associated with launching and maintaining a successful business. By demystifying the complexities of entrepreneurship, I provide the guidance and support needed for others to embark on their journey with confidence.

From assessing market viability and formulating business plans to selecting the right technology and navigating the financial landscape, I am dedicated to helping fellow entrepreneurs overcome challenges and unlock their full potential. As a steadfast advocate for small business success, my mission is to pave the way for a new generation of innovative and driven entrepreneurs who are ready to make their mark on the world.

How to Start a Dog Training Business: A Complete Guide

Dog Training

WRITTEN BY:

Kayla Fratt

March 15, 2019

K9 of Mine is reader-supported, which means we may earn a small commission through products purchased using links on this page. Here’s how it works .

how-to-start-dog-training-course

If you’re considering a career that merges pets and business, starting your own dog training business is a great option to consider.

According to Business Insider , pet care is a “recession-proof industry.” Even better for business, 7 in 10 Millennials are pet owners – showing the pet industry isn’t slowing down any time soon.

All that said, dog training isn’t exactly an easy field to break into.

On top of requiring a certain level of knowledge regarding dog behavior, dog trainers also need to navigate all the hurdles of owning their own business (including taxes, payroll, and healthcare). Many trainers experience serious burnout and compassion fatigue from the stress of trying to help pets with serious issues and seeing dogs in tough situations.

Dog trainers are also expected to navigate the socially fraught landscape of teaching people to change their lifestyles- never an easy task!

I’ve owned my own dog training business, Journey Dog Training, since 2012. Today I’m happy to share what I’ve learned over the years. Let’s cover what you need to do to start your own dog training business – learning from my triumphs and mistakes as we go!

Dog Training Education: How Do I Get Started?

One of the most challenging aspects of starting a dog training business is figuring out what sort of training you’ll focus on, and then pursuing the right education and certification for that route.

As you consider getting into dog training, decide which areas of training you’ll focus on.

Your business, paradoxically, will likely do better if you find a niche and stick to it. My most successful trainer friends only work on aggression cases with a bite history, separation anxiety cases, puppies, or agility.

Don’t be afraid to get specific!

In fact, niching down will make your marketing, messaging, and education much easier. It simply isn’t possible to do well at all areas of dog training right away as a single person!

Choose a Dog Training Area of Expertise

There are all kinds of canine areas of expertise you can specialize in as a dog trainer. Here are a few ideas:

1. Puppy Training, Socialization, and Troubleshooting

This is a pretty logical place to start out for most new trainers, though it’s no small order to turn puppies into well-rounded adults!

puppy training class

2. General Obedience and Manners

This is the other most common set of dog owner problems that can be addressed by even relatively new trainers. You mostly teach new skills, rather than fixing problems.

3. Therapy Dogs, Service Dogs, and/or Emotional Support Animals

This fast-growing industry is a great next step for an experienced trainer. Service dogs must be able to obey a long list of cues in incredibly diverse situations, so be prepared for high-level training if you go this route.

therapy dog training

4. Adventure Training and Around Town Training

Another common niche is helping take dogs beyond basic obedience to being extra-well-behaved canine citizens of the world.

Most trainers who focus on this will also offer other training, but off-leash obedience and brewery training are incredibly popular classes in places like Colorado.

5. Dog Sport Training

If you really love teaching complex, fast behaviors, you might want to consider training competitive and performance dogs. Most sport dog trainers focus on one or two main sports rather than covering them all.

It’s best to have some titles on your own dog (meaning you’ve already placed successfully in a given sport) before attempting to teach others.

  • Protection sports

dog training agility class

6. Reactive Dogs

Cities are full of dogs that bark and lunge at other dogs. An increasing number of facilities are now offering reactive dog group classes in addition to private sessions. This is a great introduction to behavior modification because the problem of leash-reactive dogs is so common.

7. Dogs with Phobias or Fear Issues

Many skilled trainers largely focus on helping abused, neglected, fearful, anxious, and phobic dogs live more confidently. This line of work requires a ton of patience and compassion, but it’s very rewarding.

8. Dogs with Separation Anxiety

This complicated behavior issue really benefits from experienced trainers.

Separation anxiety is a challenging but fairly common panic disorder. Helping owners work through this problem with their pets can be life-changing for both humans and canines!

We have our own (basic) guide about resolving separation anxiety – you may want to give it a read if you’re considering this line of training work.

9. Aggressive Dogs

Working with aggressive dogs , especially dogs with a bite history (meaning they’ve already bitten someone) is incredibly difficult.

You need to be prepared to almost never touch your client’s dogs (not exactly the cuddliness of puppy classes), some of your client’s dogs may be euthanized, and you may even end up involved in court cases and legal proceedings. It can be emotionally devastating and even scary work.

Think carefully about whether or not you’re actually prepared for this subset of dog training.

aggressive dog in cage

Generally, it’s best to start teaching puppies or general obedience before moving to competitive sports or behavior issues. This approach lets you practice running your own business and teaching people without as much pressure.

2. Become a Dog Training Pro (Through Classes or Mentorship)

Once you know what aspect of dog training you want to focus on, it’s time to get yourself educated! There are a few main ways of getting experience as a dog trainer:

Option 1: Find a trainer who is willing to mentor you

This is the “traditional” way to get started in dog training, and it still works today. The tricky part is finding an experienced local trainer who you work well with and who has time to take you under their wing.

dog training mentorship

PROS: You can get amazing, hands-on, intimate feedback this way. You can build relationships quickly and start working with clients right away. Some trainers also offer small-scale trainer schools, helping you get the benefit of a set curriculum while also getting small class sizes.

CONS: If you and your trainer don’t click, this can fall apart quickly. Your education may be sporadic or incomplete based on your schedules, your trainer’s client focus, and how good at teaching your trainer is. It may take a while before you start earning money.

Option 2: Enroll in a dog training school or program

More and more dog training schools are popping up these days. Some are self-study, others are in person.

dog training school

Some of the most reputable include:

  • Karen Pryor Academy : $5,300 for six months of school
  • Academy for Dog Trainers : $6,825 for a two-year, part time school
  • Companion Animal Science Institute : $2,600 Canadian dollars for 500 hours of school
  • Victoria Stilwell Academy for Dog Trainers : $2,950 for online or $6950 for in-person
  • CATCH Canine Trainers Academy : $1,443 to $5,250 depending on course level
  • Peacable Paws: $1,500 for a variety of six-day intensives in different specialties, including service dogs or aggression.

PROS: You get the benefit of professional teachers and a set curriculum. You’ll know how long training will take and you often graduate with a certificate. Schools are also excellent for networking! 

CONS: They can be quite expensive (generally several thousand dollars), and quality varies from each school to the next. Some schools are a great introduction but should be paired with hands-on experience. It may take a while before you start earning money. Some ultra-expensive schools teach terribly outdated training methods and are actually meant to earn money for the course provider, not make you into the best trainer you can be.

Avoid schools that promote “pack-based” training methods, “traditional training” and other potentially harmful and punitive training.

These outdated training methods were falling out of prominence until recently, but have made a damaging resurgence. Pack theory, dominance theory, and the corrections-based training techniques have been thoroughly debunked and shown to be harmful.

Option 3: Get a job as an assistant trainer at a large local school or animal shelter

This is the best option for tight budgets and slightly more experienced trainers-to-be.

dog shelter worker

PROS: You learn while you earn a paycheck! When done correctly, this approach has all of the hands-on benefits of mentoring with the networking components of a school. Shelters in particular offer you the chance to see a huge number of new cases in a very short time. 

CONS: Your main job is actually caring for the animals in front of you, so you’ll get a lot less time with actual instruction from trainers. You might spend time cleaning kennels or walking dogs rather than actually learning how to train. Many of these jobs have odd hours or poor pay, so you might still struggle financially while getting started.

Option 4: Take enough classes with your own dog that you could teach the material.

Many people get started in training because of their own dog – I don’t know many agility instructors who didn’t start as agility students, and many behavior specialists started because of their own dog’s problems.

taking dog training classes

PROS: This approach progresses at your own pace. You know you love your niche, because you’re in it as a student before you launch your business. Once you’re a trainer, you’ll really understand what it’s like to be a student.

CONS: This approach only works if you’ve got your own dog and a good training facility nearby. While this approach is a great way to get started, you’ll generally have to combine it with mentorship or another approach to really be ready to take on other clients. 

The important thing is that you shouldn’t try to become a dog trainer without getting lots of hands-on, deliberate practice. Good trainers need to be able to apply scientific principles to thousands of different dogs, so reading a bunch of books and training a few of your friend’s dogs doesn’t count as a complete education.

How I Became a Dog Trainer

Of course, many trainers get their start using a blend of these methods. I started out shadowing two different local trainers (#1) to get started teaching basic obedience and manners. I then fostered dogs and took classes with them (#4) to build my skills with working on behavioral issues.

After about two years of working with obedience and moderate behavioral issues, I got a job at a shelter. There, I really learned how to work with serious behavioral challenges. I continued shadowing another trainer to get more practice working on aggression cases.

I’ve taken several classes through the International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants to continue deepening my knowledge in specific types of cases, and I read a new dog training book almost every week.

Now I readily take on most behavior cases – and I don’t do much with obedience and manners anymore.

An important note: your education as a dog trainer is never complete. Good dog trainers will attend seminars and workshops, pursue new certifications and classes, and keep reading and learning forever! Just in 2018, I took seven different courses on dog training to keep deepening and expanding my knowledge.

Dog Training Certifications: Do I Need Them?

Dog training is an entirely unregulated field – many states have no laws preventing animal abusers from owning dog training businesses. You don’t actually need any kind of certification to become a dog trainer, andhis creates a serious credibility problem in the industry.

I firmly believe that seeking credentials is one of the best ways to foster trust in the dog training industry.

General Dog Training and Behavior Certifications

There are a variety of different certifications and memberships to consider. A few top picks include:

1. International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants (IAABC)

This organization is geared towards animal behavior consultants – trainers who primarily work with serious behavior problems like aggression and separation anxiety. They’re not the right fit if your goal is manners, puppies, or sports.

Members must keep up with rigorous continuing education requirements and are given the opportunity to brainstorm with a network of behavior consultants and veterinary behaviorists.

The IAABC offers four different membership levels for different experience levels. You can join as a supporting, affiliate, associate certified, or certified level. The certified level is one of the most respected certifications in dog training.

At the Certified Dog Behavior Consultant level, members must pass an exam, write case studies, collect references from vets and clients, have over 500 hours of in-person training, over 400 hours of coursework, and write discussions and recommendations for four example cases.

Membership costs between $115 and $235 for certification plus the first year of dues, depending on your certification level.

If you’re interested in behavior, join at the supporting level while you learn more!

2. Certification Council for Professional Dog Trainers (CCPDT)

The CCPDT is geared towards trainers as well as behavior consultants. Like the IAABC, it offers a few different membership levels based on your experience.

The CPTD-KSA certification is one of the only certifications that requires you to demonstrate your skills in front of an evaluator. Like with the IAABC, you’ll be expected to commit to positive reinforcement and continuing education.

Membership and certification costs between $225 and $385 depending on certification level.

3. Karen Pryor Dog Training Course

Karen Pryor Trainers are certified after graduating from the Karen Pryor Academy professional mentorship program.

The advantage of this program is that it comes with the certification – you get education and certification in one go! KPA is well-recognized as a starting point for trainers.

KPA costs $5,300 for the six month education and certification.

4. Association for Professional Dog Trainers

The Association for Professional Dog Trainers (APDT) is a group that offers great networking opportunities as well as some solid educational resources for beginner trainers.

It’s $89 – $160 per year to become a member, which is less than most other certificate programs detailed here. However, it’s worth noting that certificates from here don’t hold a ton of weight. As a membership group though, it’s absolutely worth considering.

5. Pet Professional Guild

The Pet Professional Guild is another great organization for networking with other trainers and learning from more experienced industry pros.

At just $55 – $70 per year to join, it’s financially achievable no matter what your budget. However, as with the APDT, the certificate isn’t worth much and the real value comes from networking with other members.

Other Dog Training Certifications to Consider

There are many other dog training certifications out there to help you stand out from the crowd.

While it’s generally best to start with one of the five groups above, you can pursue many others, including:

  • Canine Good Citizen Evaluator is a great starting point for manners, therapy, or service dog work. While the Canine Good Citizen exam (CGC) isn’t nearly as rigorous as therapy dog work, it’s an excellent starting point and a fantastic end point for manners or obedience classes!
  • Certified Separation Anxiety Trainer (CSAT) is only awarded upon completion of Malena DeMartini’s exhaustive program – but it’s the best-respected stamp of approval for separation anxiety experts.
  • Certified Canine Fitness Trainer (CCFT) is an excellent certification to pursue if you’re interested in dog sports. This certification comes after completion of a long online course and an intensive in-person weekend. While you certainly won’t be a vet afterwards, you’ll be well-equipped to help clients create fitness plans and assist in injury recovery.
  • Fear Free Certified Trainers are recognized for their commitment to using fear-free training methods.
  • Certified Nose Work Instructor is aimed at recognizing trainers who are skilled in teaching scent detection classes.
  • Dog Sport Judge . You can become certified as a judge in a variety of different dog sports, as well. Your choice in those certifications will depend on the venue you aim to judge in. Being a judge isn’t the same as being an instructor, but the title will certainly earn you some credence as you grow your business!

Your certification and education level will dictate what sort of cases you’re equipped to take on and how much you should charge for them.

I t’s irresponsible to start charging $100 per hour to work on separation anxiety cases when you’re not experienced enough , and it’s downright dangerous to do the equivalent with aggression.

While it’s possible to start teaching basic manners or puppy classes without expensive certifications, a professional membership will help you learn and grow regardless of your goals.

What Dog Training Services Will You Offer?

Aside from your specific client niche (discussed above), you will also need to determine how you’ll organize your classes. If you don’t plan on renting or purchasing a training facility, you’ll likely be limited to private training.

Purchasing or leasing a training facility for group classes can be a huge financial and logistical undertaking. The vast majority of trainers start by teaching private lessons first, then leasing space for just a few classes, and only then actually getting their own space.

It’s also important to research the laws behind doggie daycare facilities in your state . In Colorado, for example, there are fairly strict laws surrounding the housing facilities in doggie daycares and overnight boarding situations – which would affect a trainer who offered day training or board-and-train in Colorado.

Here are some common structures for your dog training services:

Group Classes

This is what most people think of when they imagine dog training – six or so dogs in a room learning classroom-style.

dog training group

This training style is great for teaching basic manners, dog sports, and even reactive dog classes – but it’s not well-suited at all for aggression, separation anxiety, or service dogs.

You also need to be prepared to handle several dogs and handlers at once, which requires a high level of focus and adaptability as a trainer.

PROS: You can help more dogs this way. Depending on your pricing structure and schedule, you may also make more money per hour with group classes.

CONS: You will need to be able to rent space for this setup in most areas. Some cities may allow outdoor classes, but this is logistically difficult due to weather, noise, distractions, and more.  When pricing out group classes, be sure to take into account what you’ll pay for a rental fee.  

Private Training

Most trainers, myself included, get started with private training. Generally, you’ll drive to the client or meet in another location to work one-on-one for their training goals.

This flexible approach works for most types of training, but it’s especially essential for aggression cases, fearful dogs, and service dog work.

private dog training

PROS: You can select clients carefully to match your skill level, geographic area, and schedule. Your clients benefit from your undivided attention and personalized support.

CONS: You’re constantly driving from one client to the next. If a client cancels or reschedules, your whole schedule may be disrupted. You may progress more slowly as a trainer because you’re working with fewer dogs overall.

Day Training

A fast-growing industry combines daycare and training into something that closely resembles school for children.

Owners drop their dogs off in the morning, and the trainer runs daily training sessions. This approach allows the trainer to “install” basic behaviors and get to know the dogs extremely well.

dog day training

This approach is well-suited to puppies, around the town training, and basic manners . For this method, you need a facility and generally need staff help as well.

Another approach is to come and train the dogs while the owners are at work – similar to private training, but without the owner present. This is far less common.

PROS: You can focus on training for most of the day, rather than teaching owners how to train. Dogs get to socialize with each other and learn to settle around distractions when you’re not actively training.

CONS: Since the owners aren’t present, you’ll need to figure out how to do “hand-off sessions” to ensure that the owners know how to handle their dog and their dog’s new skills. If a dog is struggling with a specific issue, it can be challenging to address the problem when you have a room full of other dogs that need attention.

Board-and-Train

In a Board-and-Train scenario, the dogs stay at your facility or home for several weeks while you train them.

Like day training, this approach temporarily removes the owner from the picture. This allows the trainer to “install” behaviors before handing them off.

Some trainers do this in a kennel facility, others take just a few dogs at a time into their homes.

board and train dogs

Starting out fostering dogs really prepares you for this sort of work, especially if you focus on basic manners.

PROS: You have much more control over when and where you train board-and-train dogs. For example, you’ll be able to work on leash walking in tightly controlled environments that ensure success. Then you can gradually add difficulty to the training for a dog. This approach is well-suited to many behavior concerns as well as service dogs who require intensive training.

CONS: There have been a lot of horror stories about dogs being abused or neglected in Board-and-Train scenarios, making owners rightly nervous. Another issue is that some owners expect perfection after these programs, and it can be difficult to teach the owners how to follow through with the training you’ve started. 

Online Training

online dog training

Training dogs online can be tricky, and it’s certainly not a great place to start out. You’ll need to be able to understand a client’s needs and communicate new skills to them without ever being in-person to demonstrate. But more and more people are open to this service, and it’s got a lot of great benefits.

PROS: You can reach a much broader audience and lower your prices with this approach, because you have much lower overhead cost. Plus, you can work from home!

CONS: It can be difficult to make yourself known with online dog training. It also requires some basic SEO knowledge, having a full-fledged website, and a general level online literacy  Dealing with some behavior problems is incredibly difficult, as you’re fully instructing rather than training. You also don’t get to actually meet your clients’ dogs!

How to Market Your Dog Training Business

When you’re an entrepreneur, just knowing how to train a dog isn’t enough. You also have to know how to market yourself.

This means truly understanding what your skills are, how you stand apart from the competition, and why owners are looking for someone like you.

There are some basic steps that you’ll have to cover to get started with your dog training marketing plan. Of course, it’s best to ensure that your certifications and education are up-to-snuff before you get going here.

1. Set Up a Yelp Account

dog training yelp

Yelp is still a go-to way for people to research businesses. Visibility on the site is a great early step in your marketing process. Creating a Yelp business account is pretty simple:

  • Visit biz.yelp.com
  • Click the big red “Get Started” button
  • Follow the instructions on the page.

2. Set Up a Google My Business Account

You know how when you Google a business, there’s often a box on the right-hand side of the page with their hours, contact info, and some reviews? That’s thanks to Google My Business.

dog training local results

Like Yelp, this is relatively easy to set up.

  • Log in to your Google Account or create one. This will be associated with your business – so don’t use the screen name you created in 2003.
  • Go to Google.com/business .
  • Click “Start Now” in the top right-hand corner.
  • Input the information requested – be sure to be complete here.
  • Verify your account using one of the methods offered. This might mean waiting for a physical postcard in the mail!

Having your Google Business account set up also means that you’ll turn up for local search results in your area when people Google topics like “dog training schools”.

google localmap dog training

Definitely don’t pass up getting your Google Biz account set up (and don’t forget to ask clients for reviews, as those favorable star ratings go a long way on Google)!

3. Set Up a Thumbtack and/or Nextdoor Account

dog training center business plan

Both of these sites exist to help connect people with their community to get things done. As a trainer, you can post your services and respond to jobs with a bid. Depending on your area, one or both of these services might be a popular way to find clients. Both of these services are optional, but they’re a good way to find locals.

Check out Nextdoor.com and Thumbtack.com to get started – they both have setup wizards that make things easy!

4. Create a Business Website

In today’s day and age, almost everything starts with a Google search – and that means your business needs a website. Unless you’ve got deep pockets to start, I recommend just making your own website rather than paying for one.

Your main options are:

SquareSpace. Great for most small, local businesses. Easy to use and setup, with a handy built-in wizard that can set you up with a gorgeous, professional looking website quickly.

squarespace logo

WordPress. The better option for those who are a bit more tech-savvy. You’ll have much more control over design. This guide can walk you through the process , but basically we recommend:

  • buying your domain through Godaddy
  • using WPX for hosting (it’s who we use, and their customer service is incredible)
  • GeneratePress for your theme (but there are tons of options out there)

NOTE: Regardless of which option you choose, make sure you purchase your own domain rather than taking the free one that the one provided free (k9ofmine.com vs k9ofmine.wordpress.com / k9ofmine.squarespace.com) – it makes you look much more legitimate.

What Info Should Your Dog Training Website Include?

  • A Picture Of You. A photo of you (and your dog too) helps potential customers connect with you more, rather than just reading about a faceless anybody.
  • Your Certifications. Discuss your qualifications and any courses you’ve completed.
  • Your Experience With Dogs. Be sure to cover any relevant experience you’ve had with dogs – that means mentorship programs, shelter volunteering, etc.
  • Testimonials. Testimonials can be hugely powerful, so be sure to show them off on your website! If you’ve had a few clients who seem very happy with their results, ask them if they’d be willing to write a testimonial you can publish on your website. Asking for Yelp or Google Business reviews is also a smart idea.
  • Pricing. Posting your prices and packages clearly online also helps reduce client window-shopping.
  • Your Service Area. Spell out which areas of your city you work in most frequently and the radius you’re willing to travel.
  • Your Class Schedule. If you’re teaching regular classes, post that schedule where it’s easy for people to find!
  • Your Contact Information. Make it incredibly easy for people to find this vital information, including your phone number and e-mail address.

In addition, if you choose to use a piece of dog training business software to organize your clients and classes (which will become essential as your business grows), make sure you are using a website provider that integrates well with your selected software.

5. Grow a Community Online With Facebook Groups

Facebook groups are a great place to start making a name for yourself. There are tons of dog training Facebook groups – or you can start your own for free.

dog training facebook groups

Most groups don’t allow direct selling, so be sure to offer more free advice and be truly helpful rather than sell (unless the group is OK with you directly pitching your services). You can use Facebook Groups to showcase your knowledge, and some members will naturally become clients as a result.

Joining local Facebook groups is another great way to network. When I first moved to Denver, I joined groups like “Colorado Progressive Reinforcement Trainers,” “Colorado Dog Trainers Network,” “Positive Dog Training Colorado,” and more to help meet other trainers.

Building a community can help you find mentors and get referrals quickly.

I’d also recommend joining dog business marketing groups, which can help you learn marketing tips from others in pet-related businesses. I actually run the Progressive Dog Trainers Marketing Powerhouse Facebook group – join us!

6. Network with Veterinarians and Dog Walkers

Connecting with vets and dog walkers is important, too! Many successful trainers closely partner with other local dog-based businesses. Just ensure you’re not stepping on the toes of another local trainer by trying to make this connection.

networking-with-vets

A vet friend once told me that bringing in donuts is a great way to get the vet’s attention!

Generally, just make it known that you’re open for business, what you’re qualified to help with, and where people can find you.

I find that making your niche clear makes it much easier for other trainers to refer to you (oh, she’s the local separation anxiety expert)!

7. Offer Referral Bonuses

Offer referral bonuses – give vets, trainers, dog walkers, and others a kickback if they send a client to you. This might be 20% of the first lesson or a flat fee. It’s also good to offer a signup bonus for new clients.

For example, I used to give other trainers 20% of my first lesson (usually $20) if they referred me to the client. The client also got 30% off her first lesson – this meant my take-home amount was only 50% of my posted price, but I got way more client referrals this way!

Dog Training Business Plans

You need a business plan if you’re going to be a business – not just a training plan!

I highly recommend looking at Click and Repeat or DogBiz for business planning help while you’re getting started. DogTec offers amazing dog training plans for many of their programs, meaning you’ll have curated handouts ready to go on day one! I still use many of these handouts for my clients today.

For a free business plan template, you can check out this one from BPlans . Your business plan will be long (the sample above is over 40 pages) and it will feel like a lot of work – but it will really help you visualize your goals, who your clients will be, how you’ll reach your clients, and how you’ll actually make your business succeed.

For a slightly simpler fill-in-the-blank business plan, click here .

Business plans may seem like a chore, but they’re immensely helpful for planning and budgeting your new canine business venture!

Dog Training Business Insurance

As a trainer, it’s only responsible to have business insurance. You’re working with people’s pets, and dog training business insurance will help cover you in the event that something goes wrong. Dogs can escape and get hurt, even if you’re incredibly responsible.

dog training business insurance

Business Insurers of the Carolinas is the go-to dog training business insurance (almost everyone I know uses them). You’ve got to be a member of the Association of Professional Dog Trainers to get the insurance, but it’s some of the most affordable and comprehensive on the market.

Insurance can seem expensive at first, but it’s the responsible thing to do! It’s not worth the risk to go without it.

Dog Training Business Cards

Business cards are great for feeding word of mouth. Try to carry them in your treat pouch when you’re out and about with your own dog – that’s how I got many of my “walk-up” clients.

Here are a few designs you can start with:

dog training business card

Check out these designs and more on Vistaprint.com.

Dog Training Business Name Ideas

Of course, it’s important to have a name for your new dog training business. Trying to think up a creative name for your dog training business is tons of fun!

Some tips to get you started:

  • Keep it short and memorable. Long and complicated business names won’t stick as well in clients’ minds. Also avoid a name that requires you to spell out the wording, or is spoken differently than how it is written. (For example, K9 of Mine isn’t the best business name because you have to explain to people that “it’s K and 9, not canine.”)
  • Think of what you want to embody in your business. I chose Journey Dog Training for my own dog training business because I wanted to evoke the idea of adventure and that training is a journey. I originally wanted the name Cognitive Canine because I’m a science geek, but the name was taken!
  • Choose words that reflect your target audience. If you plan on mostly working with aggression cases, “pup” or “doggo” seems inappropriate and insensitive. Keep in mind that “K9” often invokes the idea of police or military trainers – this can be a plus or a minus, depending on your goals.
  • Avoid misleading wording. If you’re not a certified dog behavior consultant or board-certified behaviorist, avoid using the word “behaviorist” in your business title.
  • Check for competition or other businesses. While it’s certainly cute to use a dog-themed word in your business name, ensure you Google the name first to make sure it’s not taken.

Even if the name is available, check other local trainers to make sure you’re not too similar to them. If there’s already a “Paws and Praise” trainer near you, you might not want to name your business “Paws and Reward” or “Pets and Praise.”

Some other words to get your creative juices flowing:

  • Paw / Pawsitive
  • Good Boy / Good Girl
  • Four-footer

Have you started a dog training business or are considering starting one? What other steps did you take to help your dog training business succeed? We’d love to hear your tips in the comments!

Also make sure to check out our guide to starting a dog walking business if you’re considering other careers for dog lovers !

Like it? Share it!

taste of the wild vs blue buffalo

Recommended For You

Taste of the Wild vs Blue Buffalo: A Head-to-Head Comparison

dog training center business plan

How to Start a Dog Walking Business

' src=

Join our pup pack!

Get tons of great dog training tutorials, canine gear guides, and the latest doggy discounts.

dog training center business plan

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Millie Avatar

Hi, This article is wonderful. I was even happier to see that the educational institute I am talking and considering to enroll was listed, Catch Canine Trainer Academy. I trained part time for a few months at a pet store and I loved it. I am soon to retire with an HR background and I prefer working with dogs and their owners. This articles has given me valuable information to move forward. Thank you very much!

Ben Team Avatar

So glad you enjoyed it, Millie!

Angie Weldon Avatar

Thank you for a very informative and great article! I learned so much and appreciate all the great detailed information that I know will help me start my journey to a successful dog training business! I was a professional pet sitter for over 8 years then turned the reins over to my daughter. I love working with dogs and miss it a lot so I thought my next step could be a dog trainer. I get such a thrill at watching dog and owner connecting and creating a wonderful bond that I want to be able to do that with clients as well! Again, thank you!

Glad you found the article helpful, Angie! Best of luck on your journey to becoming a trainer!

Also Worth Your Time

Mosquitos can transmit disease

Help! My Dog Freaks Out at the Vet! What Can I Do?

Board and Train Facilities

Dog Training Boot Camps: A Smart or Stupid Idea?

how to start dog walking business

6 Best Jobs for Dog Lovers: Making a Career Out of Caring For Canines

For The Home

7 Tips for Hiring a Dog-Sitter: Finding the Best Canine Caretaker!

dog training center business plan

Best Dog Sitting Sites For Traveling Fur Parents!

dog training center business plan

+1 (512) 720-6136

[email protected]

Marrsipan Media LLC 5900 Balcones Drive #17677 Austin, TX 78731, USA

© Copyright 2024 by K9 Of Mine / Marrsipan Media LLC

USEFUL LINKS

About K9 of Mine

Privacy Policy

Terms of Use

K9ofMine.com is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon.com. Additionally, K9ofMine.com participates in various other affiliate programs, and we sometimes get a commission through purchases made through our links.

K9ofMine.com does not intend to provide veterinary advice. While we provide information resourced and canine education, the content here is not a substitute for veterinary guidance.

A Touch of Business

How to Start a Dog Training Business

Main Sections In This Post Steps To Starting A Dog Training Business Points to Consider Resources Knowledge Is Power Featured Video

This overview presents insights into running a dog training business, featuring a step-by-step outline and a range of helpful resources for the startup phase and beyond.

Bookmark for reference and share if you find it valuable!

Let’s get started with the steps.

Steps to Starting a Dog Training Business

Below are the steps to starting a dog training business.

Each step is linked to a specific section, allowing you to jump to your desired section or scroll to follow the steps in order.

  • An Overview of What You’re Getting Into
  • Dog Training Business Overview
  • Researching Your Dog Training Business
  • Looking at Financials
  • Choosing A Business Location
  • Creating Your Mission Statement
  • Creating A Unique Selling Proposition (USP)
  • Choose a Dog Training Business Name
  • Register Your Company
  • Create Your Corporate Identity
  • Writing a Business Plan
  • Banking Considerations
  • Getting the Funds for Your Operation
  • Software Setup
  • Business Insurance Considerations
  • Physical Setup
  • Creating a Website
  • Create an External Support Team
  • Hiring Employees

1.  An Overview of What You’re Getting Into

Is Starting a Dog Training Business the Right Step for You?

Passion: The Key to Success

There is a crucial factor for succeeding in the dog training business, and that factor is your passion. It drives your commitment and determination when facing challenges.

Consider this perspective: if granted five wishes with no restrictions, would you use one for starting a dog training business?

If yes, you’re on the right track; if no, reassess your preferences and goals. Being passionate about your business increases your chances of success significantly.

For More, See How Passion Affects Your Business . Also, see, Considerations Before You Start Your Business to identify key points for a new business owner.

2. Gaining an Overview of Owning a Dog Training Business

Next, let’s spend some time on key issues to give you an overview of what to expect from owning and running your business.

a.) A Quick Overview of Owning a Dog Training Business

A dog training business is a service-oriented establishment focused on teaching dogs specific behaviors, manners, or skills.

Trainers work with dogs to correct unwanted behaviors or to teach them new commands and tricks.

This kind of business caters to dog owners who either want their pets to have basic obedience training or specialized skills.

Daily Tasks in a Dog Training Business

Operating a dog training business involves various daily tasks. These include:

Consultations with Owners : Meeting with dog owners to discuss their pets’ behavior issues or training needs.

Training Sessions : Holding one-on-one or group sessions to teach dogs commands, behaviors, or tricks.

Planning : Creating customized training plans for each dog based on their needs and the goals of the owner.

Administrative Tasks : Handling bookings, payments, and other administrative duties to keep the business running smoothly.

Marketing and Outreach : Promoting the business through social media, local advertising, or community events to attract new clients.

Continued Education : Staying updated with the latest training methods and industry trends to ensure the best service for clients and their pets.

In summary, running a dog training business requires a balance of hands-on training with dogs and managing the administrative side of the operation.

b.) A Key Points To Succeeding in a Dog Training Business

Keys to Succeed in Operating a Dog Training Business

Passion for Dogs : A genuine love of dogs is essential. It’s the foundation of any successful dog training business.

Patience in Training : Training dogs requires patience. Each dog is unique, and understanding their pace and temperament is crucial.

Consistent Training Outcomes : Your ability to consistently produce great training results will build trust with your clients and help establish your reputation.

Establishing a Customer Base : Starting a business can be challenging, especially in building a client base. Investing time and resources in this area will pay off as the business grows.

Relationship Building : Foster strong relationships not only with your customers but also with suppliers and employees. This network will support your business’s growth and reputation.

Meeting Customer Needs : Offer products and services that cater to your clients’ demands. Understand their needs and ensure your offerings match them.

Feedback is Gold : Solicit customer feedback. When they raise credible concerns that align with your business model, act on them. This proactive approach can give you a significant competitive edge.

Prioritize Customer Service : Your customers are the backbone of your business. Offering a high level of service ensures their loyalty and referrals.

Always Offer Value : More than just services, provide unmistakable value to your clients, ensuring they see the benefits of choosing you over competitors.

Hiring Decisions Matter : Choose the right people for every role. A cohesive, skilled team is fundamental to your business’s success.

Staff Management : Treat your staff with respect, fostering a sense of team spirit. A positive work environment boosts productivity and retains talent.

Cash Flow Management : Monitor and manage your cash flow. It’s the lifeblood of your operation, ensuring bills and salaries are paid on time.

Cost Efficiency : Minimize expenses without compromising on the quality of service or products you offer.

Stay Adaptive : The only constant is change. Whether it’s industry trends, technology, or business processes, be ready to adapt and evolve.

Revenue Management : Prepare for revenue peaks and valleys. Understanding seasonal and other fluctuations helps stabilize your business.

Navigating Competition : Stay informed about competitors, both new and existing. Strategize on differentiating your services and offerings.

Marketing and Advertising : Promote your business effectively. Whether you handle marketing in-house or hire experts, awareness is pivotal to attract and retain clients.

c.) Making Your Dog Training Business stand out

Guaranteed Results : Offer a guarantee like “Results or you don’t pay a cent.” This shows confidence in your skills and provides peace of mind for your clients.

Personalized Training Plans : Every dog is unique. Craft individualized training plans to cater to each dog’s specific needs and the goals of their owners.

Success Stories and Testimonials : Share success stories and testimonials from satisfied clients. Real-life transformations can showcase your effectiveness and build trust.

Engaging Workshops : Hold special workshops on various dog-related topics. This not only demonstrates your expertise but also helps in community engagement.

Mobile Training Services : Offer on-site training at the client’s home. This provides convenience and can cater to dogs that might be more comfortable in their own environment.

Continued Support : After a training session ends, offer continued support via phone or email. Clients will appreciate the ongoing assistance.

Modern Training Techniques : Stay updated with the latest dog training methodologies and implement them in your services, showing your clients you’re on the cutting edge.

Eco-friendly Practices : Implement and promote eco-friendly practices. Many pet owners value sustainability and will be attracted to businesses that care about the environment.

d.) Add on Ideas for a Dog Training Business

Training Gear Shop : Stock and sell quality dog training gear like leashes, clickers, and treat bags. Clients can purchase tools they need right from you.

Puppy Socialization Classes : Hold special classes for puppies to socialize with each other, which is vital for their behavioral development.

Dog Behavior Seminars : Organize seminars where dog owners can learn about dog behavior, nutrition , and other relevant topics.

Online Training Modules : Develop online courses or modules. This allows clients to train at their own pace or refresh their memory on certain techniques.

Board and Train Services : Offer a service where dogs stay with you for intensive training over several days or weeks.

Specialized Workshops : Host workshops on specific topics, such as agility training or training for dog shows.

Subscription Boxes : Offer monthly subscription boxes that contain dog toys , treats, and training tools. This can be a fun way for clients to receive new products and training aids regularly.

Daycare and Training Combo : Provide a combo service where dogs get both daycare and training. This is perfect for busy owners who want their pets to be productive during the day.

Follow-up Sessions : Offer monthly or quarterly follow-up sessions to check on the dog’s progress and address any new behavioral issues.

Exclusive Memberships : Create a membership program where members get discounts, early access to workshops, or other exclusive benefits.

e.) Dog Training Business Models

Types of Dog Training Business Setups and Their Business Models

Home-based Training : Trainers operate out of their own homes, converting a portion of their space into a training area. This model saves on rent and overhead costs, allowing trainers to focus on individual sessions and offering personalized attention.

Mobile Dog Training : Trainers travel to the client’s residence or a preferred location. This offers convenience to the client and can be marketed as a premium, personalized service.

Dog Training Centers : A dedicated facility where various trainers can conduct group or individual sessions. This setup often has amenities like obstacle courses, open areas, and classrooms for seminars.

Board and Train : Dogs stay with the trainer for an extended period, receiving intensive training. This model can be more expensive for clients but offers immersive training experiences for dogs.

Online Dog Training Platforms : Trainers offer courses, video tutorials, or live sessions online. This model reaches a global audience, allows passive income through course sales, and caters to tech-savvy clients.

Specialized Training Services : Focus on niche training needs such as service dog training, agility competitions, or show dog preparations. This model caters to a specific audience and can charge premium rates due to the specialized nature of the service.

Franchise Model : Trainers buy into an established brand and operate under their name, benefiting from marketing, training methods, and brand recognition. This model requires initial investment but offers quicker brand recognition.

Membership Programs : Clients pay a monthly or yearly fee for ongoing training sessions, workshops, and resources. This model ensures steady income and can build a loyal client base.

Choosing the right business model from the beginning is crucial, as switching your model later is more challenging. Identifying a profitable and high-demand niche for your dog training business is essential.

f.) Questions You Need to Consider for Your Dog Training Business

Business Model Decision : What type of dog training business model are you considering?

Personal Involvement : Will you personally handle all the training sessions, or are you considering hiring other trainers?

Management Choices : Do you intend to manage the daily operations of your dog training business yourself, or are you thinking of bringing on a manager?

Partnerships and Investments : Are you open to seeking business partners or investors to expand or support your venture?

Business Location : Do you envision your dog training business as a home-based operation, or are you leaning towards a commercial location?

Specializations : Are there specific niches or specialized training methods you’re particularly passionate about offering?

Financial Planning : How do you plan to fund the initial stages of your business? Have you considered setting aside resources for unforeseen expenses?

Licensing and Certification : Are you aware of any necessary licenses or certifications to operate a dog training business in your area?

Marketing Strategy : How do you plan to promote your business? Have you thought about branding, online presence, and local advertising?

Feedback Mechanism : How will you gather client feedback to improve your services continuously?

By addressing these questions, you’ll lay a solid foundation for your dog training business, anticipate potential challenges, and prepare for a successful launch.

g.) Pros and Cons of Owning a Dog Training Business

Pros of running a dog training business.

Be Your Own Boss : Owning a dog training business means you are in charge and answer to no one but yourself.

Decision-making Authority : You can call the shots and implement strategies as you deem fit, tailoring your business to your vision.

Creative Freedom : You’re free to innovate, experiment with new training techniques, and create unique offerings.

Potential for High Revenue : A well-established dog training business with a loyal client base, can bring in significant income.

Flexibility in Working Hours : Once your business is up and running successfully with a reliable team, you can choose your working hours.

Control Over Work Environment : You decide the culture, atmosphere, and values upheld in your business, creating a positive and productive work environment.

Passion and Fulfillment : Working with dogs can be incredibly rewarding, offering emotional satisfaction alongside financial gains.

Recurring Business : Happy clients may return for advanced training or refer friends and family, leading to consistent business.

Cons of Running a Dog Training Business

Owning the Problems : Any issues, whether with clients, dogs, or logistics, fall squarely on your shoulders.

Irregular Income : Especially in the early stages, you might not have a consistent income, with some months being more profitable than others.

Challenging Start-Up Phase : Initial stages require substantial effort in setting up, marketing, and establishing a clientele.

Client Acquisition and Retention : Building a customer base and ensuring they stay loyal can be one of the most challenging aspects of the business.

Extended Working Hours : You may work longer than typical hours, especially during the business’s infancy.

Success Pressures : The pressure to make your business succeed can be intense, especially if you have invested a lot of resources.

Initial Investment : Starting a dog training business might require a significant outlay for training facilities, equipment, and marketing.

Constant Change : Dog training techniques, tools, and business strategies evolve. Keeping up with the latest can be demanding.

Business Risks : Like any venture, there are risks, including financial loss, competition, or unforeseen challenges.

Professional Development : To stay ahead, you might need to invest in ongoing education, workshops, and certifications, which can be time-consuming and costly.

Emotional Challenges : Working with difficult dogs or owners can be emotionally taxing, requiring patience and resilience.

For more, see Pros and Cons of Starting a Small Business.

3. Research

Research: The Foundation of Your Dog Training Business

Quality Information Matters

Conducting thorough research is paramount before embarking on your dog training business venture. Quality information will prepare you for what lies ahead and prevent unexpected situations.

Learn from the Experts

Connect with experienced dog training business owners to gain invaluable insights. Their knowledge and years of experience can be priceless.

Approach them respectfully and learn from their wisdom.

A Helpful Resource

Check out my article with actionable ideas to find the right people to contact.

It guides you in approaching them in an acceptable and non-threatening way. For comprehensive steps, read the full article through this link: [link].

See An Inside Look Into the Business You Want To Start for all the details.

Target Audience

Overview: Understanding Your Target Audience for a Dog Training Business

Knowing your target audience is essential for a dog training business.

It enables you to craft offers that resonate with customers and provide products and services that genuinely interest them, enhancing overall success.

Target Market Ideas:

  • Dog owners seeking obedience training for their pets
  • New puppy owners looking for basic training
  • Individuals with behavioral issues in their dogs
  • Working professionals with limited time for training
  • Families looking for dog-friendly activities
  • Pet owners interested in agility or advanced training
  • Rescue dog owners in need of rehabilitation support
  • Dog enthusiasts seeking specialized training programs.

For more, see How To Understand Your Target Market.

4. Looking at Financials:

Startup Overview: Costs, Revenues, and Profits

Startup Costs:

Accurately estimating startup costs is vital for a successful dog training business launch. Underestimating may lead to financial difficulties, delaying the opening, while overestimating can deter potential investors.

Consider factors like size, location, employee hiring, equipment acquisition (new or used), and rental or leasing options.

Create a comprehensive list of necessities and research prices, accounting for any additional expenses that may arise during the process.

For more detailed information, refer to my article on Estimating Startup Costs.

Sales and Profit:

Your sales depend on product popularity, service demand, and effective marketing to reach the right audience.

Profitability entails careful management of expenses such as rent, payroll, and overhead costs.

To succeed, generate sufficient sales to cover monthly expenses and ensure a fair salary.

For More, See Estimating Profitability and Revenue .

Simple Sample: Financial Lists to Consider As a Starting Point

Note: Focus on the issues more than the numbers. The numbers are samples. Your estimates will differ due to how you set up your business, location, expenses, and revenues. 

Sample Financial Lists as a Starting Point

Below are three overly simplified sample financial lists to give you a broad overview of the areas to focus on.

SAMPLE Initial Costs for Starting a Dog Training Business in the USA:

  • Business License & Permits : $100 – $500
  • Training Certification : $200 – $1000
  • Facility Rent (First Month + Deposit) : $1000 – $5000
  • Training Equipment : $500 – $3000
  • Marketing & Advertising Startup : $300 – $1500
  • Insurance : $500 – $2000
  • Website Setup : $200 – $1500
  • Branding (Logo, Business Cards) : $100 – $1000

Total Estimated Startup Costs : $2900 – $16500

SAMPLE Monthly Expenses for a Dog Training Business in the USA:

  • Facility Rent : $1000 – $3,000
  • Utilities (Water, Electricity) : $100 – $500
  • Employee Salaries (if applicable) : $2,000 – $8,000
  • Loan Payments : $200 – $1000
  • Marketing & Advertising : $200 – $,1000
  • Website Maintenance : $50 – $300
  • Insurance : $100 – $400
  • Training Equipment Maintenance/Replacement : $50 – $500
  • Miscellaneous Expenses : $100 – $500

Total Estimated Monthly Expenses : $3800 – $13700

SAMPLE Profit List of Services:

  • Group Training Session : $100 – $500
  • One-on-One Session : $50 – $300
  • Board and Train Services : $500 – $2,000
  • Online Course Sales : $30 – $200

Your overall profit will depend on the monthly sales you can generate and your actual profit per sale.

Conclusion:

These fictitious examples provide perspective on the issues to consider when starting your dog training business.

Adjusting costs plays a pivotal role in determining the success of the business. Even a slight change in profit per sale, especially with high-volume sales, can drastically affect overall profits.

Remember, many new businesses take time to turn a profit due to the challenges of building a customer base, establishing a reputation, and optimizing operations.

Your financial figures will likely differ based on various circumstances. Every situation is unique, influenced by multiple factors.

Always undertake thorough research, and consider seeking professional advice when calculating your business’s startup costs, ongoing expenses, and potential revenue and profit.

5. Choosing The Right Business Location

Location: A Vital Success Factor

Demand and Competition: Striking the Right Balance

Your choice of location significantly impacts your dog training business’s success.

Operating without demand for your services can lead to failure before launch. Similarly, excessive competition in an area may hinder your market share.

Aim for a location with both demand and reasonable competition.

Affordability and Profitability: Critical Considerations

Consider affordability when selecting a location. Highly populated areas offer greater exposure but may come with extra expenses.

On the other hand, a cheaper location might not generate sufficient sales. Weigh the pros and cons carefully.

Operating from Home: A Viable Option

Operating from home is feasible for some dog training businesses, especially for online or less customer-facing models.

Starting from home and moving to commercial space as the business expands can be a strategic approach.

Research Thoroughly

Selecting the right location is pivotal for success. Conduct diligent research to make informed decisions that align with your business goals.

For more about business locations, see Choosing The Best Location for Your Business.

6. Create Your Mission Statement

Overview: The Significance of a Mission Statement

A well-crafted mission statement aids in defining your business’s purpose, keeping you focused on the main benefit you offer customers and the community.

Mission Statement Examples for a Dog Training Business:

  • “Our mission is to foster stronger bonds between dogs and their owners through positive and effective training techniques, ensuring a harmonious and joyful coexistence.”
  • “At our dog training center, we are dedicated to promoting responsible pet ownership by providing personalized training solutions that enhance the well-being and happiness of both dogs and their families.”
  • “We strive to be the leading dog training organization, empowering pet owners with the knowledge and skills to nurture obedient and well-mannered dogs, creating a safer and happier canine community.”

For more, see, How To Create a Mission Statement.

7. Creating A Unique Selling Proposition (USP)

Overview: The Power of Unique Selling Proposition (USP)

A Unique Selling Proposition (USP) assists in identifying and crafting a distinctive aspect that sets your business apart from competitors, making it special and appealing to customers.

Examples of USPs for a Dog Training Business:

  • “Our dog training services stand out with a personalized approach, tailoring training programs to suit each dog’s unique temperament and needs.”
  • “With a team of certified canine behaviorists, we offer evidence-based training techniques that deliver exceptional results, ensuring happier and more obedient dogs.”
  • “Our dog training center excels in providing flexible training schedules, accommodating busy pet owners, and offering a stress-free learning environment for dogs.”

8. Choose a Business Name

Choosing a Catchy Dog Training Business Name

Selecting the right business name for your dog training venture is crucial. It should be catchy, easy to remember, and relevant.

Since business names endure, make a thoughtful choice that will represent your company long-term. Ensure the availability of a matching domain name for online presence and avoid conflicting with other registered businesses.

Here are 30 creative ideas to inspire your original dog training business name:

  • Pawsitive Training Solutions
  • Canine Academy
  • Smart Bark University
  • TailWag Trainers
  • Happy Hounds School
  • Top Dog Training Co.
  • Wagging Wisdom
  • Bark & Learn Institute
  • Pup’s Progress School
  • Click & Teach Academy
  • Leash on Life Learning
  • MasterPaw Trainers
  • Training Tails Club
  • Wags to Riches Academy
  • Wise Woofers Institute
  • PupTastic Education
  • Canine Connection Center
  • Ready Sit Learn
  • Barking Brilliance School
  • Tailored Training Techniques
  • Pawsome Progress Academy
  • Enlightened Pooches Institute
  • Bark Busters Training
  • Canine IQ Academy
  • Pawformance Training Co.
  • Noble Nose Training
  • Happy Tails Learning Center
  • Bounding Barks School
  • Canine Companions Academy
  • Smart Sit Dog Training

Use these ideas to spark your creativity and develop an original, captivating business name for your dog training enterprise.

For more, see the following articles:

  • How To Register a Business Name
  • Registering a Domain Name For Your Business

9. Register Your Company

Overview: Ensuring Legal Compliance for Your Dog Training Business

To establish a successful dog training business, ensuring legal compliance is vital. Seeking professional advice on business setup, taxes, and liability can offer valuable insights and benefits. Here are common types of registrations and licenses for a dog training business:

1. Business Setup and Consultation:

  • Consult with a professional to ensure legal compliance, tax optimization, and liability protection for your business.

2. Business Registrations:

  • Sole Proprietorship: Simple and low-cost, but a personal liability.
  • Partnership: Shared responsibility and liability among partners.
  • Limited Liability Company (LLC): Personal liability protection for owners.
  • Corporation (C-Corp or S-Corp): Separates personal and business liabilities.

3. Permits and Licenses:

  • Business License: Basic license to operate legally.
  • Zoning Permit: Compliance with local zoning laws.
  • Dog Training Certification: Obtain relevant certifications for credibility.
  • Health Department Permit: If providing dog boarding or grooming services.
  • Animal Control Permit: Required if training multiple dogs on-site.

4. Bondable Business:

  • Background Checks: Conduct thorough background checks on employees.
  • Bonding Insurance: Become a bondable business to reassure customers of employee trustworthiness.

Adhering to legal requirements and becoming bondable will enhance customer confidence and foster a positive reputation, helping your dog training business thrive in the competitive market.

Registration:

  • How to Register Your Business
  • How To Register a DBA
  • How to Register a Trademark
  • How to Get a Business License

Business Structures:

  • How to Choose a Business Structure
  • Pros & Cons of a Sole Proprietorship
  • How To Form an LLC
  • How To Register a Business Partnership
  • How To Form a Corporation
  • How To Choose a Business Registration Service

10. Create Your Corporate Identity

In a dog training business context, a Corporate ID or Corporate Identity remains crucial for branding.

It encompasses essential elements like your logo, business cards, website, business sign, stationary, and promotional items.

A consistent and professional design is vital to leave a positive impression on new and existing customers, fostering trust and recognition.

You can see our page for an overview of your logo , business cards , website , and business sign , or see A Complete Introduction to Corporate Identity Packages.

11. Writing a Business Plan

Crafting a Comprehensive Dog Training Business Plan

The Importance of a Business Plan

A business plan holds immense significance for a dog training business.

It serves as a crucial tool to secure funding and attract potential investors. Moreover, it provides a guiding vision for the startup phase and ongoing operations.

Planning Your Vision

Developing a business plan requires dedicated time and effort, which involves creating a clear vision of your future business.

Thoroughly considering and expressing the details is essential for success.

Benefits of a Well-Prepared Plan

Despite the effort, it’s worth it. A well-prepared business plan equips you with a solid understanding of the requirements to get started and efficiently operate your business.

Approaches to Creating Your Plan

When creating your business plan, explore various options. You can write it from scratch, hire a professional, use a template, or employ business plan software.

Regardless of the approach, active participation is key, especially when involving a professional.

You want a distinctive plan that effectively communicating your business’s nature and management strategy.

A Dynamic Document

Keep in mind that your business plan can evolve with your experience.

Periodically review and optimize the document as needed, adjusting your plan or operation based on gained insights.

This flexibility ensures your business stays responsive and adaptable to changing circumstances.

Simple Sample: A Fictitious Business Plan Example for a Dog Training

Note: The sample below offers an overview of a business plan. A professional plan will consist of multiple pages and detailed information and analysis.

Fictitious Sample Business Plan for “Paws & Whistles Dog Training Academy”

Executive Summary

  • Business Name : Paws & Whistles Dog Training Academy
  • Location : 123 Barker Street, Dogtown, USA
  • Objective : Provide top-notch dog training services focusing on obedience, behavior modification, and specialty training.

Business Description

Paws & Whistles Dog Training Academy seeks to offer a comprehensive range of dog training services, from puppy socialization to advanced obedience classes.

With certified trainers and a dedicated facility, we aim to become Dogtown’s preferred training academy.

Services Offered

  • Puppy Training : Basic obedience, socialization, potty training.
  • Advanced Obedience : Complex commands, off-leash training.
  • Behavior Modification : Addressing issues like aggression or separation anxiety.
  • Specialty Classes : Agility, therapy dog prep, and more.

Market Analysis

The dog ownership rate in Dogtown has increased by 20% in the last five years. With the rise in dog adoptions, there’s a growing need for quality dog training services.

  • New puppy owners
  • Owners facing behavioral issues with their dogs
  • Individuals interested in competition or specialty training

Marketing and Promotion

  • Social Media : Active profiles on platforms like Instagram and Facebook showcasing training sessions and success stories.
  • Local Advertisements : Flyers , newspaper ads, and local radio spots.
  • Partnerships : Collaborations with local pet stores, vets, and dog cafes for referrals.

Financial Projections

  • Startup Costs : $15,000 (Facility rent, equipment, licenses, initial marketing)
  • Monthly Expenses : $5,500 (Salaries, rent, utilities, ongoing marketing)
  • Expected Monthly Revenue (Year 1) : $8,000
  • Projected Profit (Year 1) : $2,500/month

Management and Operations

  • Owner/Head Trainer : Jane Doe
  • Assistant Trainer : John Smith
  • Admin & Marketing : Emily Brown

Expansion Plans

In the next three years, Paws & Whistles aims to open a secondary location in neighboring Catville.

Additionally, we plan to introduce specialized courses such as “Dog Dancing” and “Search & Rescue Training.”

Challenges and Solutions

  • Solution : Offer unique classes, flexible timings, and loyalty discounts to differentiate and retain clients.
  • Solution : Continuous education and certification for trainers, attending seminars, and integrating modern tech like training apps.

Paws & Whistles Dog Training Academy is poised to fill a significant gap in Dogtown’s pet services sector.

With a strong business model, a comprehensive range of services, and a dedication to continuous learning and adaptation, we are on track to impact our community positively.

Always remember, this is a fictitious sample.

When creating a real business plan, conduct thorough research, gather actual data, and consider seeking professional advice to ensure accuracy and comprehensiveness.

For information on creating your business plan, see, How to Write a Business Plan.

12. Banking Considerations

Banking for Your Dog Training Business

Choosing the Right Bank

Opt for a nearby bank with a strong focus on supporting small businesses. This ensures tailored financial services and convenient accessibility.

Separate Business Account

Opening a separate business account is crucial, especially for small businesses starting as a sole proprietorship.

It segregates business expenses from personal spending, simplifying expense tracking and bookkeeping. It also provides tax audit documentation.

Building a Professional Relationship

Develop a professional relationship with your banker. They can offer valuable advice, financial services and streamline application processes, supporting your business growth.

Accepting Credit and Debit Cards

Consider applying for a merchant account or a similar setup to accept credit and debit card payments.

Offering multiple payment options enhances customer convenience and expands your revenue streams.

For more, see, How to Open a Business Bank Account. You may also want to look at, What Is a Merchant Account and How to Get One.

13. Getting the Funds for Your Operation

Overview: Funding Your Dog Training Business

If you need financial assistance to launch and operate your dog training business, the tips in this section will be valuable. Funding options include traditional lenders, private loans, investors, selling assets, and using collateral.

Considerations When Meeting with a Loan Officer:

  • Research: Understand your funding needs and preferred loan terms beforehand.
  • Credit Score: Ensure a good credit score to improve loan eligibility.
  • Business Plan: Present a comprehensive business plan to showcase the venture’s viability.
  • Collateral: Prepare collateral details to secure the loan.

Sample Documents for a New Dog Training Business Loan Application:

  • Business Plan: Outlining your business concept, strategies, and financial projections.
  • Personal Identification: Driver’s license, passport, or other valid identification.
  • Proof of Address: Utility bills or official mail with your current address.
  • Financial Statements: Personal and business financial records, including tax returns.
  • Credit History: Provide credit reports and scores for evaluation.
  • Business Licenses and Permits: Proof of necessary legal approvals.
  • Collateral Documents: Details of assets to secure the loan.

Understanding these considerations and preparing essential documents can increase your chances of securing funding for your dog training business and turning your vision into reality.

See, Getting a Small Business Loan for more.

14. Software Setup

Software Considerations for Your Dog Training Business

When selecting software for your dog training business, conduct thorough research to make an informed decision.

Implementing a program from scratch is easier than switching systems once your data is in another program.

Look for a company with a proven track record to ensure dependable future support.

  • Research and Demos: Explore available software options and check if they offer demos. Reviews and forums can provide insights from other users’ experiences.
  • Financial Tracking Software: Consider software for tracking expenses and preparing financial documents for tax filing. Consult with your bookkeeper or accountant to make the right choice for your accounting needs.

Software Options to Consider for Your Dog Training Business:

  • Client Management Software: To organize customer details, scheduling, and progress tracking.
  • Learning Management System (LMS): For creating and delivering online training courses.
  • Payment Processing Software: To accept various payment methods from clients.
  • Accounting Software: For managing finances, invoicing, and reporting.
  • Customer Relationship Management (CRM): To maintain client relationships and communication.
  • Website and Online Presence Tools: For establishing a professional online presence and promoting your services.
  • Social Media Management Software: To efficiently manage and schedule social media posts.
  • Marketing Automation Tools: For automating marketing tasks and campaigns.
  • Attendance and Class Management Software: To monitor attendance and manage class sessions efficiently.

Considering these software options, you can streamline and enhance your dog training business operations, making it more efficient and profitable.

Software Considerations for a Dog Training Business.

Check out Google’s latest search results for software packages for a dog training business.

15. Get The Right Business Insurance

Insurance Considerations for Your Dog Training Business

Ensuring adequate insurance coverage is crucial for your dog training business, as incidents can occur anytime.

Protecting customers, employees, property, and yourself is essential.

Key Concerns When Seeking Insurance:

  • Comprehensive Coverage: Evaluate insurance policies to ensure they cover various aspects, including liability, property damage, and business interruption.
  • Professional Liability Insurance: Consider this coverage to safeguard against potential lawsuits arising from professional services.
  • Business Interruption Insurance: Prepare for involuntary shutdowns caused by incidents; this coverage can be a lifeline for your business.
  • Home-Based Business Implications: If operating or managing your business from home, discuss this with your home insurance agent to avoid nullifying your existing policy.
  • Expert Guidance: Seek support from a competent insurance broker to assess your needs and secure sufficient coverage tailored to your dog training business.
  • Client and Employee Protection: Ensure coverage extends to protect clients and employees during training activities.
  • Property and Equipment Coverage: Safeguard valuable assets, including training equipment and tools, in case of damage or theft.
  • Animal Liability Insurance: Consider coverage for incidents involving dogs under your care, addressing potential injury or damage claims.
  • Additional Insurances: Evaluate other specialized insurances, such as cyber liability insurance for online operations or commercial auto insurance for company vehicles.

By addressing these concerns and obtaining comprehensive insurance coverage, you can safeguard your dog training business, minimize risks, and focus on providing excellent client services.

For more, see What to Know About Business Insurance . You can also browse the latest Google search results for dog training business insurance .

16. Physical Setup

Layout: Overview of a Dog Training Business’s Physical Setup/Layout

Creating a conducive physical setup is crucial for a dog training business.

A well-designed layout ensures efficient use of space, seamless flow during training sessions, and a comfortable environment for clients and their pets.

An optimized layout contributes to the overall professionalism and effectiveness of your business.

Signage: Setting Up Signage for a Dog Training Business

In addition to the main business sign, strategically place signs throughout your facility.

These signs should guide clients to areas such as parking lots, exits, and special training zones.

Thoughtfully designed signage enhances navigation and showcases professionalism, leaving a positive impression on clients.

Office Setup: Overview of Your Office Setup

Your office requires careful attention as a significant part of managing the business.

Organizing your office space optimizes productivity. Equip it with all essential tools, resources, and technology for efficient business management.

A well-prepared office ensures you can handle administrative tasks effectively and maintain smooth operations.

See, Here are Considerations for The Setup of Your Office, for tips and ideas to make your office work for you. Also, have a look at our article About Company Signs.

17. Creating a Website

Overview: The Benefits of Having a Website for Your Dog Training Business

Having a website offers numerous advantages for your dog training business.

It provides a professional online presence, making it easier for potential clients to find and learn about your services.

Additionally, a website is a valuable marketing tool to promote your expertise and build customer trust.

Key Benefits:

  • Enhanced Visibility: A website makes your business more accessible to a broader audience, increasing your chances of attracting potential clients.
  • Credibility and Trust: A well-designed website establishes credibility and fosters trust among visitors, encouraging them to choose your services.
  • Expert Positioning: Blogging about your industry and offering valuable tips tailored to your customers showcases your expertise, positioning you as a knowledgeable professional.
  • Customer Engagement: Your website allows you to interact with customers through contact forms, feedback, and FAQs, providing a personalized experience.
  • 24/7 Availability: With a website, information about your services is available round the clock, allowing potential clients to explore at their convenience.
  • Marketing Opportunities: Utilize your website as a marketing platform to promote special offers, events, and new services, attracting more customers.
  • Online Booking and Inquiries: Offer online booking and inquiry options, streamlining customer interactions and facilitating business growth.
  • Educational Resources: Provide resources and articles on dog training topics, empowering customers and reinforcing your expertise.

By leveraging the benefits of a website, you can establish a strong online presence, build customer trust, and drive increased sales for your dog training business.

For more, see How to Build a Website for Your Business .

18. Create an External Support Team

Building a Support Team for Your Dog Training Business

An external support team of professionals is a reliable group you can turn to for advice and services without them being on your payroll.

You can engage them for various needs, such as projects, tasks, hourly contracts, or on retainer.

Although you might already work with some individuals, recognizing them as part of your team highlights their significance, and you can add more members as needed.

It’s not necessary to have all team members in place from the start; building strong professional relationships takes time. However, continually working on this aspect is crucial.

Your support team may consist of an accountant, a lawyer, a financial advisor, a marketing specialist, technical advisors, consultants, and more.

A reliable team ensures they will be there to assist when you need them, bringing valuable expertise and resources to support your dog training business’s growth and success.

For more, see, Building a Team of Professional Advisors for Your Business.

19. Hiring Employees

Building Your Dog Training Team

Initially, handling tasks on your own may help control costs. But as your dog training business grows, managing everything alone becomes challenging.

Hiring qualified individuals with good work ethics for each position is crucial for improved productivity and operations.

List of Jobs Needed to Run a Dog Training Business:

The following are job positions or outsourced services you may want to consider as your dog training business grows:

  • Dog Trainers: To conduct training sessions and classes.
  • Administrative Assistant: For handling appointments, inquiries, and paperwork.
  • Marketing Specialist: To promote your services and attract new clients.
  • Customer Support Representative: For providing excellent service to clients.
  • Accountant: To manage financial records and tax preparation.
  • Web Developer: For maintaining and updating your business website.
  • Social Media Manager: To handle social media marketing.
  • Grooming Expert: For providing grooming services, if included.
  • Training Equipment Specialist: To manage and maintain training tools.
  • Veterinarian Consultant: For expert advice on canine health and behavior.
  • IT Support: To handle technical issues and software maintenance.

By assembling a skilled in-house or outsourced team, your dog training business can thrive, offering top-notch services to clients and ensuring smooth operations.

For more, see, How and When to Hire a New Employee.

Points To Consider

Hours of operation:.

Hours of Operation for a Dog Training Business:

  • Monday to Friday: Regular business hours, such as 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM.

Evening Sessions:

  • Some clients may prefer training sessions after work hours, so consider offering evening slots, such as 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM.

Weekend Sessions:

  • Include weekend availability to accommodate clients with busy weekday schedules, like Saturday and Sunday from 10:00 AM to 4:00 PM.

Flexible Appointments:

  • Offer flexibility for clients with varying time constraints by providing custom appointment options.

Group Classes:

  • Conduct group training classes on weekends or evenings, catering to pet owners who prefer group learning environments.

Consultations and Evaluations:

  • Schedule appointments for initial consultations and evaluations, helping tailor training plans to individual dog needs.

Customer Support:

  • Provide customer support during business hours to address inquiries and appointments.

Remember to consider the needs and preferences of your target clientele when determining the hours of operation for your dog training business.

By offering flexible and accommodating scheduling, you can attract more clients and improve customer satisfaction.

A List of Equipment and Supplies to Consider for a Dog Training Business:

Equipment List for a Dog Training Business

Basic Training Equipment

  • Standard leashes
  • Retractable leashes
  • Long training leashes
  • Flat buckle collars
  • Martingale collars
  • Head collars (e.g., Gentle Leader)
  • Body harnesses
  • Clickers : Training clickers for positive reinforcement
  • Treat Pouch : Convenient pouches for holding treats during training sessions
  • Training Treats : Variety of high-value treats for positive reinforcement

Advanced Training Tools

  • E-Collars : Electronic collars for advanced training (use with caution and knowledge)
  • Muzzles : For aggressive or reactive dogs
  • Jumps and hurdles
  • Weave poles
  • Pause table
  • Training Dummies : Especially useful for retriever training
  • Whistles : For long-distance recall and other commands
  • Training Mats : To define a specific spot for commands like “place” or “stay”
  • Boundary Flags : For invisible fence training

Facility and Miscellaneous Equipment

  • Fencing : Secure fencing for outdoor training areas
  • Indoor Training Pens : For puppy classes and indoor sessions
  • Fetch toys (balls, frisbees)
  • Puzzle toys for mental stimulation
  • Cleaning Supplies :
  • Poop scoopers
  • Disinfectant sprays and wipes
  • Paper towels
  • First Aid Kit : For both dogs and humans
  • Water Bowls & Water : Hydration for the dogs during training
  • Office Supplies :
  • Appointment books or software
  • Client information sheets
  • Training progress logs
  • Video Camera & Tripod : For recording training sessions, creating tutorials, or online classes
  • Portable Shade or Tent : For outdoor sessions in sunny or inclement weather
  • Benches or Chairs : For dog owners to sit during sessions
  • Signage : Clear signage for the business, especially if in a shared space
  • Storage Units : For keeping equipment organized and easily accessible

Remember, the exact equipment you’ll need might vary based on the type of training you provide, the environment in which you’re training, and the specific needs of the dogs you’re working with.

Marketing Considerations

Attracting Customers to Your Dog Training Business

For a dog training business to succeed, attracting customers is vital. Initially, this can be challenging as your operation is new and unknown.

However, building a good reputation over time makes it easier and enhances your marketing experience.

Marketing should be an ongoing process for your dog training business. By investing in effective marketing techniques, you can generate more revenue.

You don’t always need a marketing agency or expert to promote your business.

You can start by bringing awareness to your services whenever an opportunity arises. As you gain experience, you may consider engaging marketing professionals for a better match.

Remember that effective marketing is about continuously spreading the word about your business, making it known to potential clients and contributing to its long-term success.

As a starting point, see the article below.

See our article How To Get Customers Through the Door

Potential Partner Businesses for a Dog Training Business

Veterinary Clinics :

  • Benefit to Them : Healthier and well-behaved pets might mean easier appointments.
  • Referral Reward : Offer discounts to clients coming from a particular vet or conduct free behavior seminars for their clientele.

Pet Supply Stores :

  • Benefit to Them : Trained pets might need more toys, accessories, or specialized products.
  • Referral Reward : Host exclusive training demos in their store or offer special packages for their customers.

Dog Groomers :

  • Benefit to Them : Well-behaved pets are easier and safer to groom.
  • Referral Reward : Offer joint packages (e.g., a grooming session post-training) or conduct behavior workshops for their staff.

Pet Boarding Facilities & Daycares :

  • Benefit to Them : Trained pets are often less problematic to board.
  • Referral Reward : Give exclusive discounts to pets coming from their facility or offer training packages for pets during their boarding.

Pet Adoption Centers & Shelters :

  • Benefit to Them : Training might increase the adoptability of pets.
  • Referral Reward : Offer free initial training sessions for adopted pets or conduct regular training workshops at their facility.

Dog Walkers :

  • Benefit to Them : Easier walks with well-trained dogs.
  • Referral Reward : Offer joint packages or provide specific training focused on walking behaviors.

Pet Photographers :

  • Benefit to Them : Trained pets are easier to photograph.
  • Referral Reward : Collaborative events where pets get a mini-training session before a photo shoot.

Local Cafes & Restaurants (Dog-Friendly Ones) :

  • Benefit to Them : Well-trained dogs mean a peaceful environment for their customers.
  • Referral Reward : Host dog training demos or socializing events in their space.

Real Estate Agents (Specializing in Pet-Friendly Properties) :

  • Benefit to Them : A trained pet might be more appealing to landlords or housing communities.
  • Referral Reward : Offer discounts to clients moving into pet-friendly properties or host house-training workshops.

Dog Breeders :

Benefit to Them : Offering training can add value to their puppies.

Referral Reward : Provide specialized puppy socializing classes or offer exclusive packages for their breed.

Approaching these businesses with a clear win-win proposition will expand your dog training business’s reach and strengthen the local pet community.

Offering mutual benefits and ensuring that the collaborations genuinely benefit both parties will be key to fostering long-term partnerships.

Marketing Offers

Ideas to Attract New Customers:

  • Introductory Offer : Provide a discounted first training session or a free evaluation.
  • Puppy Special : Reduced pricing for a puppy training package.
  • Bring a Friend Discount : Offer discounts to customers who bring a friend and their pet to sign up for training.
  • Referral Program : Existing customers get a discount or a free session for every new customer they refer.
  • Group Training Discount : Reduced rates for group sessions.

Ideas to Retain Existing Customers:

  • Loyalty Program : After a certain number of sessions, offer one free.
  • Advanced Classes : Offer specialized courses (e.g., agility or therapy dog training) exclusively to existing clients.
  • Refresher Discounts : Special pricing for refresher courses.
  • Birthday Special : Discount or a free session during the dog’s birthday month.
  • Exclusive Workshops : Organize workshops on topics like pet nutrition or health exclusively for existing clientele.

Sample Classified Ads:

  • Content : Experienced trainers ready to guide. First session discounted. Call now!
  • Content : Special packages for puppies. Build a strong bond from the start. Enroll today.
  • Content : Group training sessions available. Socialize and learn together. Reserve a spot now!
  • Content : Celebrate with a free training session. Limited slots available. Book now!
  • Content : Quality training for a peaceful home. Special rates for new clients. Call us today!

Sample Newspaper Display Ads:

  • Content : Every dog is unique, and so is our approach. Tailored training to fit your pet’s needs. First-time clients get a special discount. Begin the transformation today!
  • Content : Introducing our comprehensive puppy training package. From basic commands to socialization – we cover it all. Enroll now and witness the change.
  • Content : Our group sessions not only train your dog but empower you. Learn with a community of pet lovers. Special rates for group bookings. Join us today!
  • Content : Keep your dog’s training sharp with our refresher courses. Exclusive offers for returning clients. Reconnect and retrain – reach out now!
  • Content : Ready to take it to the next level? Our specialized courses like agility and therapy training are now open. Challenge your pet and see them shine. Register today!

Remember, the essence of these ads is to connect with the pet owners and emphasize the benefits of training – both for the pets and their owners.

Simple Marketing Ideas 

Promoting Your Dog Training Business: Simple Methods

Word of Mouth :

  • Encourage satisfied customers to share their positive experiences with friends, family, and neighbors. A personal recommendation goes a long way.

Local Bulletin Boards :

  • Place fliers or business cards on community bulletin boards in grocery stores, libraries, and cafes. Make sure your design is eye-catching!

Attend Local Events :

  • Set up a booth at local fairs, farmers’ markets, or pet-related events. Engage with attendees, offer demos, or hand out promotional materials.

Utilize Social Media :

  • Create profiles on platforms like Facebook, Instagram, or X. Share training tips, success stories, and client testimonials. Engage with followers by organizing fun contests or Q&A sessions.

Local Newspaper :

  • Place a classified ad or write an informative article about dog training. Position yourself as a local expert in the field.

Collaborate with Local Businesses :

  • Partner with pet stores, vets, groomers, and other related businesses. Offer mutual promotions or referral discounts.

Online Directories :

  • Register your business on Yelp, Google My Business, or local directories. Encourage satisfied clients to leave positive reviews.

Host Free Workshops :

  • Organize free dog training workshops or seminars. This provides a taste of your services and can attract potential customers.

Email Newsletter :

  • Build a list of interested individuals and send them regular newsletters. Include training tips, offers, and success stories.

Loyalty Programs :

Reward loyal customers with discounts or free sessions. It can encourage them to spread the word about your services.

By integrating these simple methods, you can create a consistent presence in your community and online.

As you grow, remember to keep your marketing authentic and centered around the genuine value you provide to your clients and their pets.

See our marketing section for articles that will provide ideas to bring awareness to your business.

Overview: Essential Skills for Running a Dog Training Business

It’s crucial to assess your skill set and ensure you have the right abilities to run a successful dog training business.

If you lack essential skills, consider learning or hiring someone with those capabilities to support your venture effectively.

List of Essential Skills for a Dog Training Business Owner:

Dog Training Expertise: Proficiency in various dog training techniques and methods.

Communication: Effective communication with clients and their pets to achieve training goals.

Patience: Dealing with dogs and owners requires patience and understanding.

Problem-Solving: Identifying and addressing behavioral issues in dogs and offering tailored solutions.

Customer Service: Delivering excellent customer service to build client trust and loyalty.

Business Management: Managing operations, finances, and staff effectively.

Marketing and Promotion: Promoting services and attracting new clients to grow the business.

Time Management: Efficiently scheduling training sessions and managing appointments.

Adaptability: Adjusting training techniques for various dog breeds and temperaments.

Positive Reinforcement: Utilizing positive reinforcement techniques for effective training.

Possessing these essential skills will help you create a successful dog training business and deliver exceptional services to your clients and their beloved pets.

Expert Tips

Improving Your Dog Training Skills with Expert Tips

Whether you’re an expert or a novice, seeking expert tips can enhance your skill set.

As an expert, you may discover easier methods or fresh perspectives.

Novices can benefit from numerous tips to enhance their skills and knowledge.

Explore the latest search results for expert dog training tips to gain valuable insights and improve your training techniques.

Valuable Resources for Your Dog Training Business

In this section, you will find helpful resources that lead to the latest and most popular information in the dog training industry.

These resources can be beneficial during the startup phase and when your business is fully operational.

They offer insights to understand the industry better and provide valuable tips for improving your dog training business.

Utilize these resources to stay informed and enhance your expertise in the field.

Trends and Statistics

Overview: Benefits of Industry Trends and Statistics for a Dog Training Business

Staying updated on industry trends and statistics offers valuable insights for a dog training business.

It helps understand market demands, customer preferences, and competition, enabling better decision-making, strategic planning, and positioning in the market.

See the latest search results for trends and statistics related to the dog training industry.

Dog Training Associations

Overview: Advantages of Trade Associations for a Dog Training Business

Trade associations provide benefits like industry updates and networking opportunities.

Participation in association events further highlights the advantages of fostering connections and staying informed about the latest developments in the field.

See the search results related to dog training associations.

Top Dog Training Business

Overview: Learning from Established Dog Training Businesses

Examining established dog training businesses can inspire ideas to fill gaps in the industry or identify overlooked aspects of your own business.

Observing successful practices from others can help enhance your offerings and improve overall business strategies.

See the latest search results for the top dog training businesses.

The Future of the Dog Training Industry

Overview: Benefits of Researching the Industry’s Future for a Dog Training Business Startup

Researching the industry’s future provides valuable insights for prospective dog training business owners.

It helps understand potential trends, demands, and emerging opportunities, enabling better preparation and strategic decision-making for long-term success.

See the search results for the future of the dog training industry.

Overview: Benefits of Researching Industry Prices for a Dog Training Business Startup

Researching industry prices offers valuable advantages for starting a dog training business.

It helps set competitive pricing, understand market standards, and ensure your services align with customer expectations, promoting business growth and profitability.

See the latest dog training prices.

Dog Training Businesses for Sale

Considering Buying an Established Dog Training Business

When looking to buy an existing dog training business, there are pros and cons to consider:

Benefits of Buying an Established Business:

  • Instant Revenue: You start earning from day one.
  • Bypassing Startup Phase: Avoid the challenges of starting from scratch.
  • Proven Success: The business’s operations and revenue are known.
  • Existing Customer Base: You inherit an established clientele.
  • Built Reputation: The business already has a positive reputation.

Disadvantages of Buying an Existing Business:

  • Higher Cost: Purchasing the goodwill and customer base can increase the cost.
  • Potential Customer Loss: Making changes to the established operations may result in customer challenges.
  • Acquiring Reputation: The business’s reputation, both good and bad, is part of the purchase.

Even if there isn’t an exact match for a dog training business for sale, it’s helpful to explore the options in the same industry to gain insights.

Use the following link to explore available opportunities.

Businesses for sale: See the latest results for a dog training business and others related to this business model.

Franchise Opportunities Related to a Dog Training

Considering Buying a Dog Training Franchise

Before starting a dog training business, exploring the pros and cons of buying a franchise is worthwhile. It offers benefits and challenges to consider:

Pros of Buying a Dog Training Franchise:

  • Proven Business Model: Simply follow the corporate plan for success.
  • Established Reputation and Marketing: Benefit from the franchise’s existing brand recognition and marketing efforts.
  • Full Business Insight: You gain comprehensive knowledge of the business before committing.
  • Corporate Support: Receive assistance and support from the franchise’s corporate office.

Cons of Buying a Dog Training Franchise:

  • High Cost: Purchasing a franchise can be expensive.
  • Limited Autonomy: Major changes require approval from the corporate headquarters.
  • Product and Service Restrictions: You must adhere to approved products and services.
  • Operation Constraints: The business must align with the franchise agreement terms.
  • Ongoing Franchise Fees: Regular payments for the franchise’s continued support.

Even if an exact match for a dog training franchise isn’t available, exploring similar opportunities in the industry can provide valuable insights.

Use the following link to search for relevant franchise options.

See the latest search results for franchise opportunities related to this industry.

Knowledge Is Power if You Use It!

Harnessing Knowledge for Your Dog Training Business

Knowledge is a powerful tool when applied effectively!

Accessing valuable information about your dog training industry is readily available online.

Follow the links in the following sections to gather essential insights for your research, startup phases, and ongoing business operations. Utilizing this knowledge will empower your business to thrive.

Customer Expectations

Overview: Understanding Customer Expectations for Your Dog Training Business

Examining search results for customer expectations offers valuable insights from their perspective.

It presents opportunities to meet their needs, surpass expectations, and address overlooked issues, ensuring comprehensive service delivery and customer satisfaction.

See the search results related to customer expectations for a dog training business.

Dog Training Business Insights

Overview: Leveraging Tips and Insights for Your Dog Training Business

Reviewing tips and insights can spark innovative ideas, highlight pitfalls to avoid, and enhance industry knowledge for your dog training business.

This valuable resource helps refine your strategies and ensures a successful and informed approach to running your business.

See the latest search results leading to resources about  Dog Training Business Insights.

Dog Training Publications

Overview: Staying Updated with Dog Training Business Publications

Publications are an excellent source for staying informed about the latest trends and information in the dog training business.

They provide valuable insights and updates, helping entrepreneurs make informed decisions and keep up with industry developments.

See the search results for Dog Training publications.

Dog Training Forums

Overview: Engaging in Dog Training Forums for Industry Insights

Participating in dog training forums fosters meaningful discussions and connections with industry members.

Moreover, it offers a unique opportunity to grasp customers’ perspectives, providing invaluable insights to enhance your business approach.

See the latest search results related to Dog Training forums.

See the latest courses related to Dog Training and our management articles to provide insights and tips on managing Your business.

Dog Training Blogs

Overview: Leveraging Dog Training Blogs for Valuable Insights

Subscribing to various dog training blogs provides fresh ideas and industry updates.

Explore different blogs and unsubscribe from those lacking updates or value.

Curate a valuable collection of blogs to ensure a constant flow of valuable information and knowledge.

Look at the latest search results for dog training blogs to follow.

Dog Training News

Overview: Staying Informed with Dog Training News

Keeping track of industry news and related topics is simple through media updates and alerts. Follow stories and set up notifications for timely and relevant information.

Overview: Learning from Dog Training Industry Videos

Exploring videos on the dog training industry provides valuable tips, insights, and familiarity with the field.

YouTube’s related videos feature offers additional topics that may introduce new perspectives for consideration.

See the links to YouTube Videos Below.

  • Videos related to starting a dog training business can be found here.

Privacy Overview

Need a business plan? Call now:

Talk to our experts:

  • Business Plan for Investors
  • Bank/SBA Business Plan
  • Operational/Strategic Planning
  • L1 Visa Business Plan
  • E1 Treaty Trader Visa Business Plan
  • E2 Treaty Investor Visa Business Plan
  • EB1 Business Plan
  • EB2 Visa Business Plan
  • EB5 Business Plan
  • Innovator Founder Visa Business Plan

UK Start-Up Visa Business Plan

  • UK Expansion Worker Visa Business Plan
  • Manitoba MPNP Visa Business Plan
  • Start-Up Visa Business Plan
  • Nova Scotia NSNP Visa Business Plan
  • British Columbia BC PNP Visa Business Plan
  • Self-Employed Visa Business Plan
  • OINP Entrepreneur Stream Business Plan
  • LMIA Owner Operator Business Plan
  • ICT Work Permit Business Plan
  • LMIA Mobility Program – C11 Entrepreneur Business Plan
  • USMCA (ex-NAFTA) Business Plan
  • Franchise Business Planning 
  • Landlord Business Plan 
  • Nonprofit Start-Up Business Plan 
  • USDA Business Plan
  • Cannabis business plan 
  • eCommerce business plan
  • Online Boutique Business Plan
  • Mobile Application Business Plan
  • Daycare business plan
  • Restaurant business plan
  • Food Delivery Business Plan
  • Real Estate Business Plan
  • Business Continuity Plan
  • Buy Side Due Diligence Services
  • ICO whitepaper
  • ICO consulting services
  • Confidential Information Memorandum
  • Private Placement Memorandum
  • Feasibility study
  • Fractional CFO
  • How it works
  • Business Plan Templates

Dog Training Business Plan Sample

Published May.03, 2019

Updated Apr.22, 2024

By: Cynthia Turner

Average rating 5 / 5. Vote count: 3

No votes so far! Be the first to rate this post.

Dog Training Business Plan Sample

Table of Content

Do you want to start dog training business?

If you are thinking to start a dog training business , the first and foremost step you must take is preparing a dog training business plan . A comprehensive and detailed business plan is essential for any startup as it provides a roadmap for you to follow. In case you don’t have much knowledge about it, we are providing a sample business plan of a dog training startup, named The Pup Star.

Executive Summary

2.1 the business.

The Pup Star will be a licensed and insured dog training business, based in Concord, New Hampshire. The company will be owned by Jeff Smith, a passionate dog lover who has dedicated his life to serving dogs.

Jeff has acquired a beautiful facility on lease at a 5-minutes’ drive from the residential center of the city and has hired a well-known contractor for the purpose of converting it into a training center. The company’s name, selected from a wide list of dog training business names indicates Jeff’s vision: to make every pup a star.

2.2 Management

Jeff has been associated with numerous dog shelters and training centers for the last ten years, that’s why he perfectly knows how to start a dog training business and make it successful. He will hire a small team who will assist him in starting a dog training business as well as operating it later on.

2.3 Customers

The company aims to serve those dog owners who don’t know how to train their pups on their own and those who cannot spare time for this task due to their busy schedule. It will also provide dog training services to dog shelters and dog dealers present in Concord.

2.4 Target of the Company

We aim to become the best dog training center in Concord within the next two years of startup. We also aim to achieve the net profit margin of $10k per month by the end of the first year and then increase it steadily.

3 Years Profit Forecast - dog training business plan

Company Summary

3.1 company owner.

The Pup Star will be owned by Jeff Smith, a passionate dog lover who volunteered in a local shelter after completing his high school. It was when he discovered his passion for dogs and decided to dedicate his life to serving them. Since then, he has served in numerous dog shelters as well as dog training centers located across the country.

3.2 Why the Business is being started

Jeff discovered his love for dogs around 10 years ago when he volunteered for the first time in a local shelter. It was when he decided to start dog training business of his own. Fast forward to 10 years, Jeff is now all set to make his dream come true and owing to his extensive experience, he knows everything about how to start your own dog training business .

3.3 How the Business will be started

The Pup Star will be a licensed and insured dog training business, based in Concord, New Hampshire. Jeff will be starting his business using the savings that he made during the last 10 years. Though he won’t be needing any loans initially, he still has made arrangements in case the need arises. Jeff has acquired a beautiful facility on lease at a 5-minutes’ drive from the residential center of the city. To convert the facility into a training center for dogs, the company has hired the services of Williamsons Contractors. The startup expense summary, as highlighted by Jeff’s dog training business plan is as follows:

Starup Cost - dog training business plan

The detailed start-up requirements, total start-up expenses, total assets, start-up funding, total funding required, total assets, total liabilities, total planned investment, total capital, total capital, and liabilities, as forecasted by company’s analysts, is given below:

Start-up Expenses 
Legal$55 300
Consultants$0
Insurance$32 750
Rent$32 500
Research and Development$32 750
Expensed Equipment$32 750
Signs$1 250
TOTAL START-UP EXPENSES$187 300
Start-up Assets$220 875
Cash Required$332 500
Start-up Inventory$32 625
Other Current Assets$232 500
Long-term Assets$235 000
TOTAL ASSETS$121 875
Total Requirements$245 000
START-UP FUNDING 
START-UP FUNDING$273 125
Start-up Expenses to Fund$151 875
Start-up Assets to Fund$123 000
TOTAL FUNDING REQUIRED$0
Assets$23 125
Non-cash Assets from Start-up$18 750
Cash Requirements from Start-up$0
Additional Cash Raised$18 750
Cash Balance on Starting Date$21 875
TOTAL ASSETS$373 125
Liabilities and Capital$0
Liabilities$0
Current Borrowing$0
Long-term Liabilities$0
Accounts Payable (Outstanding Bills)$0
Other Current Liabilities (interest-free)$0
TOTAL LIABILITIES$0
Capital$620 125
Planned Investment$620 125
Investor 1$0
Investor 2$0
Other$0
Additional Investment Requirement$0
TOTAL PLANNED INVESTMENT$620 125
Loss at Start-up (Start-up Expenses)$313 125
TOTAL CAPITAL$251 875
TOTAL CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES$251 875
Total Funding$255 000

The Pup Star will serve those people who don’t know how to train their pups on their own and those who cannot spare time for this task due to their busy schedule. In any case, we will always be there to train their pus and convert them into ‘pup stars’. Our primary services , as highlighted by dog training business plan sample are as follows:

  • Dog sitting, eating, and potty training
  • Dog obedience training
  • Guard dog training
  • Service dog training

We will also sell pet related products such as pet foods, shampoos, pet clothes, dog ties, dog chains, etc. so as to provide one-stop service to our customers.

Marketing Analysis of Dog Training Business

The most important component of an effective dog training business plan is its accurate marketing analysis because it helps you to know your target customers so that you don’t waste your efforts on others. Considering its importance, the marketing analysis must be done before you think about how to open a dog training business.

Selecting attractive dog training business names can play a great role in attracting your target audience to your business, so make sure to do so after going through the dog training business names ideas available online.

5.1 Market Trends

The pet industry is one of the biggest and fastest growing industries in the US. Pet owners spent more than $60.28 billion in 2015, $66.75 billion in 2016, and $69.36 billion in 2017, according to the American Pet Products Association. These astronomical numbers can indicate how huge the pet market is, and since people don’t hesitate to spend on their animal friends, a dog training business can be immensely profitable.

5.2 Marketing Segmentation

After carrying out thorough research to identify our target customer audience, we have identified the following target groups who have the potential to become our loyal customers in the future.

The detailed marketing segmentation of our target audience is as follows:

Marketing Segmentation - dog training business plan

Great service

Great service. Good turnaround time and quality work. Thanks!

5.2.1 Dog Owners:

Two types of dog owners will require the services of The Pup Star: those who don’t know how to train their pups on their own and those who cannot spare time for this task due to their busy schedule. We are highly motivated to serve the needs of both these groups and train their dogs to make them obedient and well-mannered. We will also train service dogs which provide support to the senior citizens.

5.2.2 Animal Shelters

There are thousands of animal shelters scattered across the US who accommodate abandoned, stray, lost, or discarded dogs. These shelters will heavily require our services because they need to have their properly trained so that people can adopt them.

5.2.3 Dog Dealers

Dog dealers also need dog training business strategy services because customers prefer to buy a trained dog over an untrained one, that’s why they will also be needing our services. The detailed marketing segemntaion of our potential customers, as forecasted by financial experts, is outlined in the following table:

Market Analysis       
Potential CustomersGrowthYear 1Year 2Year 3Year 4Year 5CAGR
Dog Owners48%22 33432 34443 66552 54466 43210,00%
Animal Shelters32%12 86714 43315 99917 56519 13115,32%
Dog Dealers20%11 43313 34416 55318 74520 54513,43%
Total100%46 63460 12176 21788 854106 1089,54%

5.3 Business Target

We aim to become the best dog training center in Concord within the next two years of startup. Some of our other business targets are as follows:

  • Achieving the net profit margin of $10k per month by the end of the first year, and increaseing it steadily
  • Balancing the initial cost of startup with earned profits by the end of the first two years
  • Launching another center in Concord within the first three years

5.4 Product Pricing

We will be charging our customers slightly lower prices than that of charged by our competitors because we want to introduce ourselves and establish our name in the region.

After carrying out marketing analysis, the next step for opening a dog training business is to develop an effective sales strategy. It must be innovative so that it attracts and converts your audience into loyal customers. To make one for your own business, you can consult this dog training business plan template or the other sample plans available online.

6.1 Competitive Analysis

Our location will provide an extremely huge competitive advantage to us because no other dog training center is located within a 2-km radius of our facility. Many residents will undoubtedly prefer to leave their dogs with us, instead of traveling to distant areas. Moreover, our competitive rates and exceptional service will also be an enormous competitive advantage. We will be offering transportation services for the purpose of facilitating our customers.

At our training center, we will always have vets available at hand. They will make sure that our customers’ dogs are in the best physical and mental health state. We will make sure that your pup leaves our training center as a well-mannered star.

6.2 Sales Strategy

Some of the ways by which we will be attracting and retaining our customers are as follows. We will be offering attractive packages and discounts for dealers and shelters to boost sales, arranging transportation to facilitate customers, providing special dog training business cards and discounts on referrals, and advertising ourselves through all platforms, especially social media.

6.3 Sales Monthly

Sales Monthly - dog training business plan

6.4 Sales Yearly

Sales Yearly - dog training business plan

6.5 Sales Forecast

Considering our service quality and the current market demand for dog training services, our sales pattern is estimated to increase with years. Our experts have forecasted following sales.

Unit Sales - dog training business plan

The detailed information about sales forecast, total unit sales, total sales, as forecased by financial experts, is given in the following table.

Sales Forecast   
Unit SalesYear 1Year 2Year 3
Advertising and branding services1 887 0302 680 3202 588 240
Marketing consultation and advisory services802 370815 430823 540
Blogging and specialty services539 3207702301 002 310
Social media profile management services265 450322 390393 320
TOTAL UNIT SALES3 494 1704 588 3704 807 410
Unit PricesYear 1Year 2Year 3
Advertising and branding services$140,00$150,00$160,00
Marketing consultation and advisory services$600,00$800,00$1 000,00
Blogging and specialty services$700,00$800,00$900,00
Social media profile management services$650,00$750,00$850,00
Sales   
Advertising and branding services$2 149 800$2 784 000$3 383 200
Marketing consultation and advisory services$120 050$194 500$268 500
Blogging and specialty services$50 110$71 600$93 000
Social media profile management services$139 350$194 600$249 850
TOTAL SALES   
Direct Unit CostsYear 1Year 2Year 3
Advertising and branding services$0,70$0,80$0,90
Marketing consultation and advisory services$0,40$0,45$0,50
Blogging and specialty services$0,30$0,35$0,40
Social media profile management services$3,00$3,50$4,00
Direct Cost of Sales   
Advertising and branding services$989 300$1 839 000$2 679 700
Marketing consultation and advisory services$66 600$119 900$173 200
Blogging and specialty services$17 900$35 000$52 100
Social media profile management services$19 400$67 600$115 800
Subtotal Direct Cost of Sales$1 294 100$1 699 400$2 104 700

Personnel plan

A personnel plan will help you with your staffing needs, so make sure to make it a part of your dog training business plan even if you are starting a dog training business from home .

7.1 Company Staff

Jeff will manage the center himself and will hire a small team to assist him with the operations. The following staff will be hired on contract basis:

  • 1 Accountant for maintaining financial records.
  • 1 Front Desk Officer for serving as receptionist.
  • 2 Sales and Marketing Executives for dealing with dog dealers, animal shelters, and for discovering new avenues.
  • 10 Dog Trainers for the purpose of training dogs accordingly.
  • 2 Drivers for transportation of dogs.

7.2 Average Salary of Employees

The following table shows the forecasted data about employees alongside their salaries for next three years’ durations.

 Personnel Plan   
 Year 1Year 2Year 3
Accountant$85 000$95 000$105 000
Front Desk Officer$50 000$55 000$60 000
Sales and Marketing Executives$187 000$194 000$201 000
Dog Trainers$450 000$455 000$465 000
Vets$245 000$252 000$259 000
Drivers$85 000$95 000$105 000
Total Salaries$695 000$707 000$724 000

Financial plan

The final step for you is to prepare a detailed financial plan of your business, covering all costs involved with your startup. Be it the cost of rent or inventory, the overhead expenses or the salaries of staff, the financial plan must include each and every financial aspect of your business.

It indicates the growth of your business as well as reveal if you are going in the right direction. Once you make it, you will easily know how to set up a dog training business and make it successful as well as profitable.

8.1 Important Assumptions

The financial projections of the startup are forecasted on the basis of the following assumptions. Even though these assumptions can show a slight deviation, the major financial business strategy of the company will still not be affected.

 General Assumptions   
 Year 1Year 2Year 3
Plan Month123
Current Interest Rate10,00%11,00%12,00%
Long-term Interest Rate10,00%10,00%10,00%
Tax Rate26,42%27,76%28,12%
Other000

8.2 Brake-even Analysis

Brake-even Analysis - dog training business plan

 Brake-Even Analysis 
Monthly Units Break-even5530
Monthly Revenue Break-even$159 740
Assumptions: 
Average Per-Unit Revenue$260,87
Average Per-Unit Variable Cost$0,89
Estimated Monthly Fixed Cost$196 410

8.3 Projected Profit and Loss

 Pro Forma Profit And Loss   
 Year 1Year 2Year 3
Sales$309 069$385 934$462 799
Direct Cost of Sales$15 100$19 153$23 206
Other$0$0$0
TOTAL COST OF SALES$15 100$19 153$23 206
Gross Margin$293 969$366 781$439 593
Gross Margin %94,98%94,72%94,46%
Expenses   
Payroll$138 036$162 898$187 760
Sales and Marketing and Other Expenses$1 850$2 000$2 150
Depreciation$2 070$2 070$2 070
Leased Equipment$0$0$0
Utilities$4 000$4 250$4 500
Insurance$1 800$1 800$1 800
Rent$6 500$7 000$7 500
Payroll Taxes$34 510$40 726$46 942
Other$0$0$0
Total Operating Expenses$188 766$220 744$252 722
Profit Before Interest and Taxes$105 205$146 040$186 875
EBITDA$107 275$148 110$188 945
Interest Expense$0$0$0
Taxes Incurred$26 838$37 315$47 792
Net Profit$78 367$108 725$139 083
Net Profit/Sales30,00%39,32%48,64%

8.3.1 Profit Monthly

Profit Monthly - dog training business plan

8.3.2 Profit Yearly

Profit Yearly - dog training business plan

8.3.3 Gross Margin Monthly

Gross Margin Monthly - Dog Training Business Plan Sample

8.3.4 Gross Margin Yearly

8.4 projected cash flow.

Projected Cash Flow - dog training business plan

 Pro Forma Cash Flow   
Cash ReceivedYear 1Year 2Year 3
Cash from Operations   
Cash Sales$40 124$45 046$50 068
Cash from Receivables$7 023$8 610$9 297
SUBTOTAL CASH FROM OPERATIONS$47 143$53 651$59 359
Additional Cash Received   
Sales Tax, VAT, HST/GST Received$0$0$0
New Current Borrowing$0$0$0
New Other Liabilities (interest-free)$0$0$0
New Long-term Liabilities$0$0$0
Sales of Other Current Assets$0$0$0
Sales of Long-term Assets$0$0$0
New Investment Received$0$0$0
SUBTOTAL CASH RECEIVED$47 143$53 651$55 359
ExpendituresYear 1Year 2Year 3
Expenditures from Operations   
Cash Spending$21 647$24 204$26 951
Bill Payments$13 539$15 385$170 631
SUBTOTAL SPENT ON OPERATIONS$35 296$39 549$43 582
Additional Cash Spent   
Sales Tax, VAT, HST/GST Paid Out$0$0$0
Principal Repayment of Current Borrowing$0$0$0
Other Liabilities Principal Repayment$0$0$0
Long-term Liabilities Principal Repayment$0$0$0
Purchase Other Current Assets$0$0$0
Purchase Long-term Assets$0$0$0
Dividends$0$0$0
SUBTOTAL CASH SPENT$35 296$35 489$43 882
Net Cash Flow$11 551$13 167$15 683
Cash Balance$21 823$22 381$28 239

8.5 Projected Balance Sheet

 Pro Forma Balance Sheet   
AssetsYear 1Year 2Year 3
Current Assets   
Cash$184 666$218 525$252 384
Accounts Receivable$12 613$14 493$16 373
Inventory$2 980$3 450$3 920
Other Current Assets$1 000$1 000$1 000
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS$201 259$237 468$273 677
Long-term Assets   
Long-term Assets$10 000$10 000$10 000
Accumulated Depreciation$12 420$14 490$16 560
TOTAL LONG-TERM ASSETS$980$610$240
TOTAL ASSETS$198 839$232 978$267 117
Liabilities and CapitalYear 1Year 2Year 3
Current Liabilities   
Accounts Payable$9 482$10 792$12 102
Current Borrowing$0$0$0
Other Current Liabilities$0$0$0
SUBTOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES$9 482$10 792$12 102
Long-term Liabilities$0$0$0
TOTAL LIABILITIES$9 482$10 792$12 102
Paid-in Capital$30 000$30 000$30 000
Retained Earnings$48 651$72 636$96 621
Earnings$100 709$119 555$138 401
TOTAL CAPITAL$189 360$222 190$255 020
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL$198 839$232 978$267 117
Net Worth$182 060$226 240$270 420

8.6 Business Ratios

 Ratio Analysis    
 Year 1Year 2Year 3INDUSTRY PROFILE
Sales Growth4,35%30,82%63,29%4,00%
Percent of Total Assets    
Accounts Receivable5,61%4,71%3,81%9,70%
Inventory1,85%1,82%1,79%9,80%
Other Current Assets1,75%2,02%2,29%27,40%
Total Current Assets138,53%150,99%163,45%54,60%
Long-term Assets-9,47%-21,01%-32,55%58,40%
TOTAL ASSETS100,00%100,00%100,00%100,00%
Current Liabilities4,68%3,04%2,76%27,30%
Long-term Liabilities0,00%0,00%0,00%25,80%
Total Liabilities4,68%3,04%2,76%54,10%
NET WORTH99,32%101,04%102,76%44,90%
Percent of Sales    
Sales100,00%100,00%100,00%100,00%
Gross Margin94,18%93,85%93,52%0,00%
Selling, General & Administrative Expenses74,29%71,83%69,37%65,20%
Advertising Expenses2,06%1,11%0,28%1,40%
Profit Before Interest and Taxes26,47%29,30%32,13%2,86%
Main Ratios    
Current25,8629,3932,921,63
Quick25,428,8832,360,84
Total Debt to Total Assets2,68%1,04%0,76%67,10%
Pre-tax Return on Net Worth66,83%71,26%75,69%4,40%
Pre-tax Return on Assets64,88%69,75%74,62%9,00%
Additional RatiosYear 1Year 2Year 3 
Net Profit Margin19,20%21,16%23,12%N.A.
Return on Equity47,79%50,53%53,27%N.A.
Activity Ratios    
Accounts Receivable Turnover4,564,564,56N.A.
Collection Days9299106N.A.
Inventory Turnover19,722,5525,4N.A.
Accounts Payable Turnover14,1714,6715,17N.A.
Payment Days272727N.A.
Total Asset Turnover1,841,551,26N.A.
Debt Ratios    
Debt to Net Worth0-0,02-0,04N.A.
Current Liab. to Liab.111N.A.
Liquidity Ratios    
Net Working Capital$120 943$140 664$160 385N.A.
Interest Coverage000N.A.
Additional Ratios    
Assets to Sales0,450,480,51N.A.
Current Debt/Total Assets4%3%2%N.A.
Acid Test23,6627,0130,36N.A.
Sales/Net Worth1,681,290,9N.A.
Dividend Payout000N.A.

Download Dog Training Business Plan Sample in pdf

Professional OGS capital writers specialized also in themes such as start a dog daycare business , start a dog walking business , starting a horse boarding business , business plan for horse training , dog boarding facility business plan , start pet photography business and many others.

OGSCapital’s team has assisted thousands of entrepreneurs with top-rate business plan development, consultancy and analysis. They’ve helped thousands of SME owners secure more than $1.5 billion in funding, and they can do the same for you.

Cynthia Turner

Rabbit Farming Business Plan

Rabbit Farming Business Plan

Beverages Business Plan

Beverages Business Plan

Private Schools Business Plan

Private Schools Business Plan

Business Plan for a Lounge

Business Plan for a Lounge

Crowdfunding Business Plan

Crowdfunding Business Plan

Water Refilling Station Business Plan

Water Refilling Station Business Plan

Any questions? Get in Touch!

We have been mentioned in the press:

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Search the site:

BusinessDojo

Item added to your cart

Here's how you establish a profitable dog training business.

dog trainer profitability

Embarking on a journey as a dog trainer can be an incredibly rewarding experience for those who have a deep love for dogs and a commitment to enhancing the bond between pets and their owners.

Whether you're a seasoned trainer with years of experience under your belt or a passionate dog enthusiast aiming to transform your skills into a professional service, becoming a dog trainer requires strategic preparation and perseverance.

In this blog post, we'll navigate you through the crucial stages of launching your dog training business, from the foundational ideas to the moment you welcome your first client and their furry friend.

How you should prepare to establish a dog training business

Market research and concept, choose a concept.

Choosing a concept is one of the first steps in becoming a dog trainer because it will define your training style, the services you offer, and the clientele you attract.

This decision will influence your branding, marketing, location, and even the types of classes or programs you provide. A well-defined concept can help you stand out in the market and draw in pet owners who are looking for the specific services you offer.

Think of it as deciding on the unique approach or philosophy you want your dog training business to embody before you start promoting your services and shaping your client experiences.

To assist you in making an informed choice, we have compiled a summary of the most popular dog training concepts in the table below.

Concept Description Audience
Positive Reinforcement Training Uses rewards and praise to encourage good behavior, avoiding punishment for bad behavior. Pet owners seeking a humane and friendly approach to training.
Behavioral Modification Training Focuses on changing specific behavioral issues such as aggression, anxiety, or barking. Owners of dogs with particular behavioral challenges.
Puppy Training Classes Provides foundational training for puppies, including socialization and basic commands. New puppy owners looking to start their pets off on the right paw.
Agility Training Teaches dogs to navigate obstacle courses, enhancing their physical fitness and mental stimulation. Active dogs and owners interested in sports or competition.
Service Dog Training Specializes in training dogs for assistance roles, such as guide dogs or therapy dogs. Individuals with disabilities or organizations that provide service dogs.
Obedience Competition Training Prepares dogs for obedience trials, focusing on precision and advanced commands. Owners interested in competing in obedience trials with their dogs.
Protection Dog Training Trains dogs for personal protection or security work, emphasizing control and discipline. Security professionals or individuals seeking protection dogs.
Nose Work Training Teaches dogs scent detection for fun or competition, tapping into their natural sniffing abilities. Owners looking for a fun activity that provides mental stimulation for their dogs.
Mobile Dog Training Offers in-home training sessions for convenience and to address issues in the dog's environment. Busy pet owners or those who prefer personalized in-home services.
Board and Train Programs Dogs stay with the trainer for an intensive training period, often for behavior correction or advanced training. Owners who want a more immersive training experience for their dogs.

business plan canine trainer

Pick an audience

As a dog trainer, it's crucial to tailor your services to the specific needs and preferences of your target audience.

For instance, if you're aiming to serve busy professionals with pets, you might offer flexible training schedules or intensive weekend workshops. These clients may also appreciate services like pick-up and drop-off for their dogs or remote training sessions via video calls.

On the other hand, if your target audience is families with children, you might focus on training programs that involve the whole family, teaching kids how to interact safely and responsibly with dogs. Your location might be near residential areas with easy access for families.

Understanding your audience is essential because it shapes every aspect of your dog training business, from the training methods you specialize in to the way you market your services. It's similar to choosing a present; you consider what the recipient enjoys before selecting the gift to ensure they'll appreciate it.

Moreover, knowing your audience enables you to communicate with them more effectively. If you're aware of who you're trying to attract, you can determine the most effective channels to reach them. For example, if you're targeting families, you might advertise at local community events or in family-oriented publications.

In our business plan for dog trainers , we've identified various customer segments that could be relevant for your services.

To help you visualize potential audiences for your dog training business, we've compiled a few typical examples below.

Customer Segment Description Preferences / Needs
Busy Professionals Working individuals with limited time. Flexible scheduling, one-on-one training, behavioral consultations, and remote training options.
Families with Children Households looking to integrate a dog into their family life. Family-friendly training sessions, education on dog-child interactions, and programs that engage all family members.
Senior Dog Owners Older adults with aging pets. Gentle training methods, focus on comfort and ease of commands, and sessions that accommodate the physical limitations of older dogs.
Active/Outdoor Enthusiasts Individuals who enjoy outdoor activities with their dogs. Training for off-leash control, adventure sports, and activities that promote physical fitness for both dog and owner.
First-time Dog Owners Novice pet owners seeking guidance. Basic obedience training, puppy socialization classes, and educational resources on dog care and behavior.
Competitive Dog Sport Participants Owners interested in dog sports and competitions. Advanced training for specific sports, skill refinement, and competitive strategy development.

Get familiar with the industry trends

As a dog trainer, staying abreast of the latest trends in the industry is crucial for the success and relevance of your services. Understanding and adapting to these trends can help you meet the evolving needs of pet owners and their furry companions, ensuring your training programs remain in high demand.

Emerging trends in dog training reflect the changing attitudes and lifestyles of pet owners. For instance, there is a growing emphasis on positive reinforcement techniques, which focus on rewarding good behavior rather than punishing the bad. Additionally, the integration of technology in training programs, such as using apps for tracking progress or remote training sessions, is becoming more popular.

We regularly update our business plan for dog trainers to include these new trends. We believe this will assist you in developing a thriving dog training business.

For example, there's an increasing demand for specialized training that addresses issues like separation anxiety, which has become more prevalent as people return to work after spending extended periods at home with their pets.

Moreover, there's a rise in the popularity of dog sports and activities, such as agility or scent work, which require specialized training and can strengthen the bond between dogs and their owners.

As sustainability becomes a more significant concern, dog trainers who use eco-friendly practices and materials in their training are gaining favor with environmentally conscious pet owners.

Also, in the age of social media, having a strong online presence with engaging content can help dog trainers reach a broader audience and showcase their success stories.

We have listed more trends in the table below.

Trend Description
Positive Reinforcement Training Using rewards-based methods to encourage good behavior, which is seen as more humane and effective.
Technology Integration Incorporating apps and online platforms for training support, scheduling, and remote training sessions.
Specialized Behavior Training Offering services to address specific behavioral issues like separation anxiety, aggression, or fearfulness.
Dog Sports and Activities Providing training for dog sports such as agility, dock diving, or scent work to cater to active dogs and engaged owners.
Eco-Friendly Practices Using sustainable materials and methods in training, and promoting eco-friendly pet products.
Social Media Engagement Building an online presence with engaging content, success stories, and tips for dog owners.
Customized Training Programs Creating personalized training plans that cater to the individual needs of each dog and owner.
Canine Mental Stimulation Emphasizing training that engages a dog's mind, such as puzzle solving and interactive games.
Service and Therapy Dog Training Expanding services to include training for service and therapy dogs to meet the needs of various communities.
Family Inclusive Training Offering programs that involve the entire family, ensuring consistent handling and strengthening the bond between pets and owners.

However, there are also some declining trends.

Traditional dominance-based training methods are losing favor as more humane and scientifically supported positive reinforcement techniques gain popularity.

Also, generic one-size-fits-all training programs are becoming less appealing as pet owners seek personalized solutions that address their specific concerns and goals.

Finally, with the rise of digital platforms, traditional advertising methods like print ads are becoming less effective compared to dynamic online marketing strategies.

business plan dog training business

Choosing the ideal location

Choosing the ideal location for your dog training business is a key factor in determining its success and requires careful consideration of several important aspects.

Begin by assessing the local demographics. Understanding the community's composition is vital for aligning your services with their needs. If the area has a high number of pet owners, particularly those who are professionals or families, there may be a strong demand for dog training services. Consider the average income level as well, to ensure your pricing is appropriate for the local market.

Visibility and accessibility are crucial. A location that's easy to find and reach by car or on foot can greatly increase your client base. Look for areas with high pet traffic, such as near dog parks, pet stores, or veterinary clinics.

Accessibility also includes ample parking or being within walking distance from residential areas. This makes it convenient for clients to attend training sessions with their dogs.

Competition can be both beneficial and challenging. While you don't want to set up in an area saturated with dog trainers, a certain level of competition indicates a demand for dog training services. Identifying a unique selling proposition or specializing in a particular training method can set you apart.

Rent costs are a significant factor. Prime locations with high visibility often come with higher rents, so you should weigh the potential for attracting more clients against the leasing expenses. A balance must be struck to ensure the rent is manageable based on your projected earnings.

Negotiating favorable lease terms can have a substantial impact on your business's financial well-being. This could include securing a lease with renewal options, negotiating limits on rent increases, or obtaining a reduced rent period initially to assist with startup costs.

Consider the growth potential of the area. Is the neighborhood growing, with new housing developments or businesses that could increase your clientele? Having the option to expand your training space in the future without relocating can be a significant advantage as your business expands.

Market research and demographic analysis tools can offer valuable insights into the best locations for your dog training business. These tools can help pinpoint neighborhoods with a high concentration of dog owners and suitable income levels.

The choice between a city center and a suburban area depends on your target clientele and business model. City centers may provide a larger pool of potential clients but often come with higher competition and rent costs. Suburban areas might offer a more dedicated client base and potentially lower rent but may require additional marketing efforts to establish your presence.

Being situated near community hotspots, such as dog-friendly cafes, pet supply stores, or residential complexes, can ensure a steady stream of potential clients, especially if you offer services that cater to the busy schedules of pet owners in these areas.

Understanding local zoning laws, animal welfare regulations, and other legal requirements is essential to ensure that your chosen location is suitable for a dog training facility. Compliance with these regulations from the outset can prevent future legal issues and expenses.

Finally, evaluating the long-term potential of a location is critical. Take into account any planned developments in the area that could impact your business, either positively by attracting more clients or negatively by increasing competition or operational costs.

Startup budget and expenses

Calculate how much you need to start.

On average, the initial capital needed to become a professional dog trainer can vary significantly, ranging from as low as $2,000 to $10,000 for a home-based operation to $15,000 to $30,000 for a more comprehensive training facility .

If you want to know the exact budget you will need for your dog training business and also get a full detailed list of expenses, you can use the financial plan we have made, tailored to dog trainers . This excel file is user-friendly and will provide you with an instant and detailed analysis of your future project.

The budget can vary the most due to the location of the training facility. Prime locations in high-traffic areas tend to have higher rental costs, which can significantly increase startup expenses.

The size of the training facility also plays a crucial role in determining the initial investment. A larger space not only increases rent but also requires more equipment, such as agility courses or specialized training tools, leading to higher operational costs.

The quality of equipment is another significant factor. High-quality, durable training aids are expensive but can save money in the long run through efficiency and longevity. Conversely, starting with basic or lower-quality equipment can reduce initial costs but may lead to higher maintenance or replacement costs over time.

If the available capital is limited, it's still possible to start a dog training business, but careful planning and prioritization are crucial. The very minimum budget could be around $1,000 to $5,000 if you choose to work from home, minimize the size of your operation, use your own pets for demonstrations, and manage much of the work yourself. This approach requires a hands-on strategy, focusing on a niche market to reduce complexity and costs.

To make the most of a limited budget, consider the following tips.

Aspect Tips
Location Start by offering in-home training sessions or use public parks for classes to avoid the costs of a physical location. Consider a mobile dog training service to reach clients directly.
Equipment Begin with basic training tools and upgrade as your business grows. Look for second-hand equipment or discounts from suppliers when purchasing in bulk.
Services Offer a focused range of services such as obedience training, behavior modification, or agility training. Specializing can help reduce the need for extensive equipment and space.
DIY and multitasking Handle administrative tasks, marketing, and training sessions yourself to save on labor costs. Enlist the help of family and friends for larger classes or events.
Marketing Use low-cost marketing strategies like social media, community bulletin boards, and word-of-mouth referrals. Partner with local pet businesses to cross-promote services.

business plan dog training business

Identify all your expenses

The expenses when starting as a dog trainer include certification and education, insurance, marketing and advertising, training equipment, facility rental or purchase, transportation, and a reserve for unexpected expenses.

Obtaining certification and continuing education are crucial for establishing credibility and staying up-to-date with training methods. Costs for certification programs can range from $500 to $5,000, depending on the program's reputation and comprehensiveness.

Insurance is essential to protect your business against liability and other potential risks. Essential policies include general liability and professional liability insurance. Annual premiums can range from $500 to $2,500 or more, depending on your coverage levels and the services you offer.

Marketing and advertising are important for building your client base. Initially, you might spend between $500 to $3,000 on marketing efforts, including social media advertising, traditional advertising, and creating a website. The amount can vary based on your strategy and the competitiveness of your market.

Training equipment such as leashes, collars, treats, agility equipment, and training aids are necessary for conducting sessions. Costs can range from $200 to $2,000, depending on the quality and quantity of equipment purchased.

If you're not operating a mobile dog training service, you may need a facility for training sessions. Renting space can cost between $500 to $2,000 per month, while purchasing a property will have a significantly higher upfront cost but can be a long-term investment.

Transportation is another consideration, especially if you offer at-home training services. A reliable vehicle is necessary, and costs can vary widely from a few thousand for a used vehicle to over $30,000 for a new one. Additionally, you should budget for ongoing fuel and maintenance expenses.

Finally, setting aside a reserve for unexpected expenses or emergencies is crucial. A good rule of thumb is to have at least three to six months' worth of operating expenses saved. This can cover unforeseen repairs, equipment failures, or shortfalls in cash flow.

Here is a summary table to make it easier to digest. For a full breakdown of expenses, please check our financial plan for dog trainers .

Expense Category Importance Cost Range (USD) Notes
Certification and Education High $500 - $5,000 Essential for credibility and skill development.
Insurance High $500 - $2,500/year General and professional liability. Protects against various risks.
Marketing and Advertising Moderate to High $500 - $3,000 Initial efforts to attract clients. Can vary based on strategy.
Training Equipment High $200 - $2,000 Includes leashes, collars, treats, agility equipment. Essential for training sessions.
Facility Variable $500 - $2,000/month or higher Rental costs for training space or purchase price for property.
Transportation Moderate Variable For at-home services. Includes vehicle cost plus fuel and maintenance.
Reserve for Unexpected Expenses High 3-6 months of operating expenses For emergencies or unforeseen costs. Financial safety net.

Business plan and financing

Make a solid business plan.

You may have heard it time and again, but it bears repeating: crafting a business plan when becoming a dog trainer is indispensable.

Why is this the case? A business plan acts as a strategic guide for your venture, detailing your objectives, methods for achieving them, and potential obstacles you may encounter. A meticulously prepared business plan not only keeps you organized and on track but is also crucial if you're looking to attract funding from investors or financial institutions, as it showcases the feasibility and prospective profitability of your enterprise.

The essential elements of a dog trainer's business plan encompass market research, financial planning, and operational tactics, among others. Market research is vital to comprehend your target clientele, their needs, and the competitive environment. This involves examining trends in the pet industry, pinpointing your primary competitors, and discovering a niche or unique value proposition that distinguishes your dog training services.

Financial planning is another pivotal component. This section should detail your anticipated income, costs associated with training materials and equipment, labor expenses, and other operational costs. It should also feature forecasts for profit and loss, cash flow, and a break-even analysis. Financial planning offers you and potential backers a transparent view of your dog training business's fiscal status and growth prospects. You will find all this information in our financial plan for dog trainers .

While the structure of a dog trainer's business plan shares commonalities with other types of business plans, the focus on certain areas may vary.

For instance, a dog trainer will emphasize service development (offering a range of training programs), understanding client needs (such as behavioral modification or obedience training), and location strategy (considering whether to offer services at the client's home, at a training facility, or in a public space). Additionally, showcasing credentials and compliance with any relevant animal welfare regulations is crucial.

To thrive and create an effective business plan as a dog trainer, you should conduct in-depth research and maintain realistic expectations regarding your financial estimates and capabilities. Engage with potential clients to grasp their requirements, preferences, and willingness to invest in your training services. Also, think about the scalability of your business model and how you might broaden or adjust your services in the future.

For a dog trainer, special attention should be given to establishing a strong brand identity and marketing strategy that connects with your intended audience. Emphasizing your expertise, the success of your training methods, or the personalized experience you provide can set you apart in a competitive market.

Success depends not only on the caliber of your training services but also on meticulous planning, understanding your market, prudent financial management, and the effective execution of your operational strategy.

Keep in mind, a business plan is not a static document but a dynamic one that should be revisited and refined as your dog training business grows and adapts.

Get financed

Don't have the capital to start your dog training business? No problem, there are plenty of financing options available to you.

Financing for a dog training business can come from various sources, including raising capital from investors, securing loans from banks or other financial institutions, and applying for grants or subsidies.

Each financing method has its own set of benefits and things to consider.

Raising capital means finding investors who will provide funds in exchange for a share of your business. This is great because you don't have to pay back the money as you would with a loan.

However, it also means you'll be sharing ownership and may have to compromise on some business decisions.

For a dog trainer, this could be a good option if you're looking to scale your operations quickly or need a substantial amount of money upfront for specialized training facilities or equipment. To attract investors, you'll need a robust business plan that shows the potential for growth and profit, as well as a deep understanding of the dog training industry.

Another option is to take out a business loan.

This will need to be repaid with interest, but you get to keep full control over your business. Loans can be used for a variety of purposes, such as buying training equipment, covering the initial costs of starting up, or leasing a training space.

Banks usually ask for a down payment or collateral, which can range from 10% to 30% of the loan amount. you should consider how much of your budget will come from loans to avoid overwhelming your business with debt. Ideally, your dog training business's projected income should be enough to cover loan repayments while still allowing for growth and operational costs.

Grants and subsidies are another avenue to explore, though they're less common.

These funds are typically provided by government bodies or non-profit organizations to support small businesses. They don't need to be repaid but are often tied to specific requirements and can be competitive to obtain.

For a dog trainer, grants might not be the main source of funding but could help with particular projects or needs, such as community outreach or training programs for service dogs.

To convince lenders or investors to back your dog training business, you must show that your business concept is viable and profitable.

This means creating a detailed business plan that includes market research, a clear target audience, financial projections, and a marketing strategy. Your business plan should emphasize what makes your dog training services unique, such as specialized training methods, a strong brand, or a strategic location.

Lenders and investors will judge your business based on factors like your creditworthiness, experience in the industry, collateral, and the strength of your business plan.

They'll look at your financial projections to determine if you can bring in enough revenue to cover expenses, pay back debts, and still turn a profit. A thorough understanding of the dog training market, including trends, customer needs, and competition, will also help your case.

Below is a summary table of the various financing options available for starting a dog training business, along with their advantages, considerations, and potential uses.

Financing Option Advantages Considerations Potential Uses
Raising Capital
Business Loans
Grants/Subsidies

Legal and administrative setup

Permits and licenses.

Starting a career as a dog trainer involves more than just a love for dogs and a knack for teaching them new tricks. It requires compliance with various regulations and obtaining the necessary permits, licenses, and insurance to ensure the safety of the animals, their owners, and your business.

The specific permits, licenses, and insurance policies you'll need can differ based on your location, but there are common requirements that are applicable in many areas.

Firstly, you'll need to secure the appropriate business permits and licenses.

This often includes a general business license from your city or county. Depending on the services you offer, you might also need a kennel license if you plan to board dogs, or a special animal training permit. If you're selling any products, a sales tax permit may be necessary as well.

you should consult with your local government or a legal professional to understand the specific requirements for dog trainers in your area.

When it comes to regulations, dog trainers must adhere to animal welfare laws and guidelines. This includes providing humane treatment, proper handling, and ensuring the safety of the dogs during training sessions. While there may not be regular inspections like in the food industry, any reports of mistreatment can lead to investigations and potential penalties.

Non-compliance with animal welfare laws can have serious consequences, ranging from fines to the revocation of your license, and in extreme cases, criminal charges. Therefore, it's crucial to stay informed and compliant with all relevant animal welfare regulations.

Insurance is also a key component of running a dog training business. General liability insurance is essential to protect against accidents or injuries that may occur on your premises or during training sessions. If you're operating out of a physical location, property insurance will help protect your facility and equipment from damage or theft.

If you have employees, workers' compensation insurance is typically mandatory to cover any work-related injuries or illnesses they might suffer. Additionally, professional liability insurance, also known as "errors and omissions" insurance, can protect you in case a client claims your services caused harm to their pet or were not as advertised.

Lastly, considering care, custody, and control liability insurance is advisable, as it covers you in the event that a dog under your supervision is injured, lost, or passes away.

By understanding and meeting these requirements, you can focus on what you love most—training dogs—while maintaining a responsible and legally compliant business.

Business Structure

The three common structures for starting a dog training business are LLC (Limited Liability Company), partnership, and sole proprietorship. Each has distinct features and implications for your business operations.

Please note that we are not legal experts (our expertise is in business and financial planning) and that your choice should be based on the level of risk you're comfortable with, how you want to manage taxes, and your plans for expanding and potentially selling your dog training business.

In simple terms, a sole proprietorship is the easiest to set up but comes with personal liability. A partnership allows for shared responsibility but necessitates clear agreements to mitigate risks. An LLC provides a mix of liability protection and operational flexibility, which can be advantageous for businesses aiming to grow.

Think about your long-term objectives, and seek advice from a financial advisor or attorney to make the most informed decision for your dog training venture.

To simplify your decision, here's a summary table.

Feature Sole Proprietorship Partnership LLC
Formation Easiest to establish Simple, requires a partnership agreement More complex, requires filing Articles of Organization
Liability Unlimited personal liability Generally personal liability, but can vary with the type of partnership Limited personal liability
Taxes Income is taxed on a personal level Income is passed through to partners' personal taxes Flexible; option for pass-through or corporate taxation
Ownership and Control One owner, complete control Control is divided among partners as per the partnership agreement Owned by members; can be member-managed or manager-managed
Raising Capital Reliant on personal assets and loans Ability to combine resources from all partners More opportunities to secure investment; can issue membership interests
Expansion and Sale Directly linked to the owner, more challenging to sell Dependent on consensus among partners, can be intricate More straightforward to transfer ownership, more appealing to purchasers
Regulatory Requirements Minimal Varies, more than sole proprietorship but less than LLC Higher, includes ongoing compliance and possible state-specific mandates

Getting started to establish a dog training business

Offer development, design and lay out.

Designing and laying out your dog training facility for operational efficiency and an enhanced customer (and canine) experience requires careful planning and strategic thinking.

Let's dive into how you can achieve this, focusing on training flow, balancing equipment needs with budget, and ensuring health and safety.

Firstly, envisioning training flow is paramount.

Your facility's design should guide clients and their dogs naturally from the entrance to the reception area, past any retail products you may offer, to the training spaces. This flow should be intuitive, reducing bottlenecks and ensuring a smooth transition from one point to the next. Place your most engaging and essential training tools and products where they can be easily accessed by trainers and seen by clients.

This setup not only makes the training process more efficient but also encourages clients to consider additional services or products as they move through the facility.

Regarding the design to facilitate this flow, consider the layout's openness and accessibility.

Wide corridors, clear signage, and a logical arrangement of the space encourage easy movement and comfort. The reception area should be clearly marked and separate from the training areas to avoid confusion and congestion. If your facility includes a waiting area or retail space, ensure it's comfortably distanced from the active training zones to maintain a calm atmosphere for waiting clients and their pets.

Balancing the need for high-quality equipment with budget constraints is a challenge many face.

Start by prioritizing essential equipment that directly impacts the effectiveness of your training, such as agility obstacles, training mats, and crates. These are worth investing in because they are the backbone of your dog training operations. For other items, consider buying gently used or refurbished equipment from reputable suppliers to save money without significantly compromising quality.

Additionally, plan for equipment that offers versatility and efficiency, like adjustable hurdles or multi-purpose toys, to get the most value for your investment.

Health and safety in the dog training facility layout are non-negotiable. Your design must incorporate zones designated for different activities to prevent accidents and ensure the well-being of both dogs and people. For example, separate areas for high-energy activities, obedience training, and relaxation ensure that each aspect of the dog's experience is contained and controlled. Install sanitation stations at key points, especially near the entrance and exit, to encourage regular cleaning of hands and dog paws.

Specific protocols for animal handling, behavior management, and facility cleanliness are crucial for safety and compliance. Implement a system that ensures all equipment is cleaned and stored properly, with designated areas for waste disposal and toy sanitation.

Train your staff thoroughly in animal safety practices, emphasizing the importance of understanding dog behavior, maintaining a clean environment, and managing groups of dogs safely.

Regularly review and update these protocols to comply with local animal welfare regulations and best practices.

Craft your offer

Your training programs and services will be the reason why your dog training business is successful (or why it is struggling).

To start, identify the preferences and needs of your target market through direct engagement, such as surveys and social media interactions, and indirect research, like observing trends in your area and reviewing what successful competitors are doing.

Once you have a clear picture of your target market's preferences, you can begin to craft training programs that not only meet their needs but also stand out.

Incorporating the latest training methods and understanding canine psychology is a fantastic way to enhance appeal and effectiveness.

This approach not only ensures that you are using scientifically-backed techniques but also ensures that your services are of high quality. Make connections with local veterinarians and pet stores to understand what services are most needed in your community. This knowledge allows you to tailor your services, offering specialized programs that can attract customers looking for the best care and training for their pets. Seasonal programs also create anticipation among your customers, as they look forward to enrolling their dogs in activities that suit the time of year, such as indoor training during winter or agility courses in the summer.

To ensure your dog training services stand out in a competitive market, focus on uniqueness and quality.

This can be achieved by offering specialty services that are hard to find elsewhere, such as training for specific dog breeds, behavior modification programs, or therapy dog training. Sharing success stories and testimonials from satisfied clients can also add a unique appeal.

Ensuring consistency and quality in your dog training involves establishing rigorous standards and processes.

This can include detailed training plans with specific goals and milestones, thorough training for your staff, and regular progress checks. Consistency is key to building trust with your clients, as they will know exactly what to expect each time they engage with your services. Invest in ongoing education and certification for yourself and your staff, and don’t shy away from refining your methods until you're confident they meet your standards.

Also, utilizing client feedback is essential for continuous improvement and refinement of your dog training services. Create channels for feedback, such as comment cards, online surveys, and social media engagement, to understand what your clients love and where there might be room for improvement.

Be open to constructive criticism and willing to make changes based on client input. This not only helps in refining your services but also shows your clients that you value their opinions, fostering loyalty and repeat business.

Determinate the right pricing

As a dog trainer, setting the right prices for your services is crucial to ensure you are profitable while still providing value to your clients. Here's a strategy to balance these objectives.

Firstly, calculate your costs thoroughly. This includes any training materials, treats, equipment, insurance, travel expenses, and time spent on training sessions. Don't forget to factor in the time spent on administrative tasks, marketing, and any other business-related activities.

Once you understand your costs, you can ensure your prices are set to cover these and generate a profit.

Next, research the market to see what other dog trainers are charging. This will give you an idea of the going rates for various services, such as group classes, private sessions, and specialized training. Remember, you don't have to be the cheapest option, but you should know where you stand in the market.

Understanding your clients' willingness to pay is also essential. Gather feedback, conduct surveys, or experiment with different pricing to see how your clients react. This will help you find a price point that is acceptable to your clients and aligns with the value they perceive from your services.

Psychological pricing can be effective for dog training services as well. For example, setting a price of $149 for a training package instead of $150 can make the service seem more affordable, even though the difference is minimal.

However, you should maintain the perceived value of your expertise. If you price too low, clients may question the quality of your training.

The perceived value of your dog training services can be enhanced by your credentials, the success stories of dogs you've trained, personalized attention, and any unique methods or techniques you employ. All these factors can justify a higher price because clients feel they are receiving exceptional value.

Consider offering packages or discounts for multiple sessions to encourage long-term commitments. For example, a package of 10 group classes might be priced at $400, while a single class could be $50. This not only secures more business upfront but also fosters a consistent training schedule for the dog.

For new services, introductory offers can entice clients to try them out. Once you've built up a clientele and received positive feedback, you can adjust your prices accordingly.

If you offer online consultations or virtual training sessions, remember to account for the lack of travel and potentially lower overhead costs. You might offer these at a slightly reduced rate or create online-specific packages.

Lastly, be cautious with discounts. While they can attract new clients or promote new services, they should not undermine the value of your work. Use them strategically, perhaps to fill slots during traditionally slower periods or to reward loyal customers.

By carefully considering these factors, you can set a pricing strategy that reflects the quality of your dog training services and ensures the sustainability of your business.

Manage relationships with your customers

Poor client relationships could derail your dog training business in no time.

On the contrary, building strong connections with clients and understanding their needs will ensure a steady stream of loyal customers and referrals.

Regular communication, personalized training plans, and expressing appreciation for their trust in your services can foster loyalty and satisfaction. Be transparent about your training methods and expectations, and whenever possible, involve them in the training process. This deepens their understanding of your techniques and the effort involved, enabling you to work together more effectively.

Additionally, consider offering package deals for multiple training sessions to secure commitment and provide better value, but also maintain flexibility to accommodate individual client needs and schedules.

For managing training schedules and client progress, organization and planning are essential. This approach ensures that each dog receives the attention it needs and that clients see consistent progress. Regularly monitor each dog's training journey to adjust methods according to their learning curve, avoiding generic approaches and maximizing effectiveness. Implementing a client relationship management (CRM) system can also be effective, where client and dog information is organized and accessible for tailored training sessions.

Technology can significantly improve client management and training outcomes for a dog trainer.

Implementing a CRM system that integrates with scheduling tools allows for efficient tracking of appointments, client communications, and progress notes. This technology can help manage your time more accurately, streamline client interactions, and identify trends that can inform training methods and promotional strategies.

Additionally, digital tools can facilitate better communication with clients, enabling more efficient updates on their dog's progress and collaboration on training homework.

Scaling dog training services presents challenges such as maintaining personalized attention, managing increased administrative tasks, and ensuring consistent training quality. Address these challenges by standardizing training programs, educating clients thoroughly, and investing in tools that can increase efficiency without compromising the effectiveness of your training.

Scaling up also means more clients, so negotiate pricing for package deals without sacrificing the quality of your service. Quality control becomes even more critical as your client base increases, requiring strict adherence to your training philosophy and more frequent client feedback.

Implementing effective cost control measures involves scrutinizing every aspect of your dog training business. Regularly review and adjust your pricing to ensure you're providing value without compromising quality.

Also, consider alternative training tools or methods that may offer cost savings or better results. Utilize technology to track and analyze client satisfaction, training outcomes, and business growth to identify areas for improvement. Enhancing your service not only improves client satisfaction but also aligns with best practices in dog training, appealing to pet owners who want the best for their furry friends.

Hire the right people

When starting your dog training business, you should consider the roles you'll need to fill to ensure smooth operations and high-quality service. Initially, you may not need a large team, especially if you're working with a limited budget.

At the core, your dog training business will require trainers, administrative staff, and potentially a manager or owner-operator.

For the training aspect, you'll need experienced dog trainers who are adept at using positive reinforcement techniques and can handle a variety of dog breeds and temperaments. A head trainer with a strong background in animal behavior and training methodologies is crucial to set the standard for your services.

On the administrative side, you'll need staff to handle client communications, scheduling, and record-keeping. This role is essential to maintain organization and ensure clients and their pets receive timely and professional service.

A manager or an owner-operator who can oversee the business, manage staff, and handle administrative duties, including marketing, financial management, and compliance with local regulations, is also important.

As your business grows, you may consider hiring additional trainers, customer service representatives, or even a marketing specialist to help expand your reach. Outsourcing tasks such as accounting and website maintenance can be a strategic way to manage your resources effectively.

When hiring trainers, prioritize candidates with a mix of practical experience, certifications from recognized dog training programs, and a passion for working with animals.

For administrative roles, look for organizational skills, experience with customer service, and familiarity with scheduling and record-keeping software. For managerial positions, seek candidates with experience in business management, a strong understanding of the pet services industry, and leadership qualities.

To ensure a good fit for your dog training business, consider practical assessments during the hiring process, such as conducting a mock training session or having candidates interact with dogs under supervision.

Look for candidates who demonstrate a genuine passion for animal welfare and the ability to adapt to the varied and sometimes challenging nature of dog training.

Finding the right candidates can be a challenge, so utilize professional networks, dog training associations, and social media platforms to reach potential hires. Attending pet industry expos and networking within local pet communities can also be effective strategies. Offering internships or apprenticeships can help you connect with new talent who are eager to gain experience in the field.

Here is a summary table of the different job positions for your dog training business, and the average gross salary in USD.

Job Position Profile and Skills Average Monthly Gross Salary (USD)
Dog Trainer Experience with dog training, knowledge of animal behavior, certification from a recognized program 3,000
Head Trainer Extensive experience, leadership skills, advanced knowledge of training techniques 4,500
Administrative Assistant Organizational skills, customer service experience, proficiency in office software 2,200
Business Manager Business management experience, understanding of the pet services industry, strategic planning 4,800
Customer Service Rep Strong communication skills, patience, knowledge of dog training services 2,500
Marketing Specialist Marketing experience, knowledge of the pet industry, digital marketing skills 3,500

Running the operations of your dog training business

Daily operations.

Running a dog training business requires organization, patience, and a love for canines. By adopting efficient strategies, you can ensure smooth operations and focus on what you do best—training dogs.

Firstly, consider a Client Relationship Management (CRM) system tailored for dog trainers. This system should integrate scheduling, client information, and session notes. It allows you to keep track of appointments, client progress, and specific training plans for each dog.

A CRM system with online booking can also be a game-changer, offering clients the convenience of scheduling their sessions directly through your website or app. This not only saves time but also reduces the back-and-forth communication typically required for booking appointments.

For managing your training programs, you'll want software that can help you design and monitor individual training plans. The best systems enable you to customize training modules and track the progress of each dog, which is essential for providing personalized training and achieving the best results.

Inventory management is also important, even for dog trainers. You'll need to keep track of training aids, treats, and equipment. Look for a system that alerts you when supplies are low and helps you track usage patterns so you can order supplies proactively, avoiding any disruption in your training sessions.

Building strong relationships with clients and their pets is key to a successful dog training business. Establish clear communication from the start, setting expectations for training outcomes, session schedules, and payment terms. A happy client is more likely to refer others to your services, so maintaining a good rapport is essential.

Creating a positive work environment for any assistants or staff you employ is crucial. Provide regular training, set clear goals, and offer feedback. Recognizing achievements can boost morale and encourage a team-oriented atmosphere. Fair and considerate scheduling is also important for maintaining a healthy work-life balance.

Ensuring a positive experience for both the dog and the owner is paramount. Train your staff to be patient, attentive, and supportive. Personalize each session by remembering the dog's name and specific behavioral goals, making the training experience unique and effective.

Maintaining a clean and safe training environment, with clear signage and an organized layout, will enhance the experience for your clients and their pets.

Implement customer service policies that reflect the values of your dog training business. This might include satisfaction guarantees, clear policies on cancellations and rescheduling, and a system for collecting and acting on client feedback.

Encourage feedback through various channels, such as in-person, on your website, or through social media. Address feedback promptly and constructively, demonstrating your commitment to excellence.

When handling complaints, listen carefully to the client's concerns before responding. Offer apologies where necessary and propose solutions, such as additional training sessions or future discounts.

Use negative feedback as an opportunity to refine your training methods and customer service. Turning a less-than-ideal situation into a positive outcome can often secure a loyal client and even lead to referrals.

Revenues and Margins

Know how much you can make.

Understanding the financial dynamics of a dog training business is crucial for success.

We have an in-depth article on the profitability of dog training businesses that you might find useful. Here, we'll provide a brief overview.

One key metric for dog trainers is the average revenue per client. This figure represents the average amount a client spends on training services.

The average revenue per client can vary greatly depending on the services offered. For basic obedience training, you might expect an average revenue of between $200 and $500 per client.

For more specialized training, such as service dog training or behavior modification, the average revenue per client could be significantly higher, potentially between $1,000 and $3,000 .

Group classes might bring in less revenue per client, around $100 to $250 , but they allow you to train multiple dogs at once, increasing overall revenue.

When it comes to overall revenue, dog trainers can see a wide range. Some may earn between $30,000 and $80,000 annually , while those with a strong reputation and extensive client list could earn upwards of $100,000 or more per year.

Geography plays a role as well. Urban dog trainers might have access to a larger client base and can charge higher rates, while rural trainers may have fewer clients but also less competition.

New dog trainers might start with lower earnings as they build their client base and reputation. Over time, successful trainers can see a significant increase in revenue, especially if they expand their services or hire additional trainers.

Now, let's explore the various revenue streams available to dog trainers beyond the standard training sessions.

If you're looking for inspiration, here's a table that outlines many different ways a dog trainer can generate income.

Revenue Stream Description
Private Training Sessions One-on-one training tailored to the specific needs of the dog and owner.
Group Classes Training multiple dogs at once in a class setting, often for basic obedience or socialization.
Board and Train Programs Intensive training where the dog stays with the trainer for a period of time.
Online Training Courses Offering video tutorials and virtual consultations for remote clients.
Behavioral Consultations Assessing and addressing specific behavioral issues with customized plans.
Training Products Sales Selling training aids like leashes, collars, treats, and toys.
Workshops and Seminars Hosting educational events on dog behavior, training techniques, or pet care.
Service Dog Training Specialized training for dogs to assist individuals with disabilities.
Puppy Socialization Classes Classes focused on socializing puppies in a controlled environment.
Agility Training Training dogs for agility competitions or for fun and exercise.
Loyalty Programs Rewarding repeat clients with discounts or free sessions.
Referral Programs Encouraging word-of-mouth by offering incentives for client referrals.
Partnerships with Pet Stores Collaborating with pet stores to offer training services to their customers.
Boarding Services Providing a place for dogs to stay while their owners are away, with the added benefit of maintaining training.
Canine Good Citizen Testing Preparing and testing dogs for the AKC's Canine Good Citizen certification.
Therapy Dog Training Training dogs to provide comfort and support in therapeutic settings.
Expert Witness Services Providing professional opinions on dog behavior for legal cases.
Book and eBook Sales Writing and selling books or guides on dog training and behavior.
Speaking Engagements Being hired to speak at events, conferences, or workshops about dog training.
Subscription Content Offering exclusive content, such as advanced training videos, for a subscription fee.
Corporate Training Programs Providing training services for company-owned animals or pet-friendly workplaces.

Understand your margins

As a dog trainer, understanding the difference between revenue and profit is crucial for the success of your business. Revenue is the total income generated from your services, but it's the profit, after deducting expenses, that truly reflects the financial health of your training practice.

Let's delve into the key profitability metrics: gross and net margins.

To calculate your own margins and get a precise figure for your potential profit, you can adjust the assumptions in our financial model designed for dog trainers .

The typical range of gross margins for dog trainers can vary, often ranging from 40% to 60%.

Gross margin is determined by subtracting the cost of services rendered (COSR), which includes direct costs such as training supplies, treats, and assistant wages, from the revenue earned from dog training services. This figure is then divided by the revenue and multiplied by 100 to get a percentage.

Net margins, however, factor in not just the COSR but also all other expenses a dog trainer incurs, including facility rental (if applicable), marketing, administrative expenses, insurance, and taxes. Net margin is the result of subtracting all operating expenses from the gross profit.

Net margins offer a more complete view of a dog trainer's profitability and are typically lower than gross margins, with industry averages often falling between 10% to 20%, reflecting the tighter profit after all costs are considered.

Different types of dog training services—group classes, private sessions, and specialized training—can have varying profit margins due to differences in their business models, scale of operations, and target markets. Here is a table to illustrate these differences.

Training Type Price Point Service Costs Economies of Scale Potential Margins
Group Classes Competitive Lower Higher Potentially increased due to volume
Private Sessions Higher Higher Lower Potentially higher, but dependent on client base
Specialized Training Premium Varies Varies Potentially higher if niche is well-targeted

As you might expect, the margins of a dog training business are significantly influenced by factors such as service mix, pricing strategy, and scale of operations.

A diverse service mix can cater to a wider range of clients but may increase complexity and costs. Pricing strategy is critical; fees must be competitive yet sufficient to cover costs and yield a profit. Scale of operations can impact cost efficiencies, with trainers who can handle more clients or classes potentially benefiting from lower per-unit costs.

Ongoing expenses that affect dog training margins include training supplies, assistant wages, facility rental, marketing, and insurance. Supply costs can vary, impacting gross margins. Labor is a significant expense, especially if you employ assistants or other trainers. Facility rental costs can differ greatly by location, and marketing is essential for attracting new clients.

Trainers focusing on niche markets, such as service dog training or behavioral rehabilitation, may experience different margin dynamics compared to those offering general obedience training.

While niche trainers can charge higher prices, they also face potentially higher service costs and a more limited market size, which can influence overall margins.

External factors such as competition, industry trends, and client demand also play a critical role in dog training margins. Adapting to industry trends and client needs can help manage these factors.

Addressing the challenge of maintaining healthy margins amidst fluctuating costs and competition requires efficient cost management, strategic pricing, and possibly leveraging technology for scheduling and client management.

Regular monitoring and analysis of financial performance, including gross and net margins, is essential for ensuring the financial health and sustainability of your dog training business. And remember, you can track all of this with our financial model specifically for dog trainers .

Implement a strong marketing strategy

Marketing doesn't need to be as complex as some experts make it seem. We understand that as a dog trainer, you'll be focused on working with dogs and their owners, and you might not have a lot of time for extensive marketing campaigns. That's why we've crafted a straightforward and practical marketing strategy, similar to the one in our business plan for dog trainers .

Building a brand for your dog training business is essential.

Your brand is the face of your business—it's how clients recognize and remember you. It's not just your business name or logo; it's the experience you provide, your training philosophy, and the success stories of the dogs you've worked with. Your brand should communicate the effectiveness of your training methods, your commitment to animal welfare, and any unique services you offer, such as specialized training for service dogs or behavior modification. A strong brand will help you stand out in a competitive market and foster a dedicated clientele.

Begin your marketing plan by identifying your target audience. Who are the dog owners you aim to serve? What are their concerns and values? Do they need help with obedience, agility, or are they looking for behavioral solutions? Understanding your audience will shape your branding and promotional efforts.

For promotion, social media and online marketing are invaluable for dog trainers. Platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and YouTube are ideal for demonstrating your training techniques through videos and engaging posts.

Share success stories and testimonials from satisfied clients, which can build trust and encourage potential clients to choose your services. Educational content, such as training tips or dog care advice, can also engage your audience and position you as an expert in your field.

Content strategies that resonate with dog owners include highlighting the transformation of dogs before and after training, showcasing your interaction with dogs during sessions, and providing seasonal safety tips for pets. Collaborating with pet stores, veterinarians, or local pet influencers can increase your visibility.

However, not all marketing techniques will be suitable for your dog training business. For instance, if you specialize in training service dogs, general puppy training content might not align with your expertise. Tailor your marketing to reflect the services you excel in.

On a tight budget, there are several strategies you can use to attract new clients.

First, consider hosting free workshops or demonstrations at local pet events or parks. This not only showcases your skills but also helps you connect with potential clients.

You can also offer a free initial consultation or training session to give dog owners a taste of your training style.

Partnering with local pet businesses, such as pet sitters or groomers, can help you reach a wider audience.

Implementing a referral program can incentivize your current clients to refer friends and family, leveraging the power of word-of-mouth marketing.

Lastly, don't overlook the impact of a loyalty program. Offering discounts on future sessions or free training materials after a certain number of sessions can encourage ongoing engagement.

Remember, the key to successful marketing is consistency and authenticity. Stay true to your brand and the value you provide, and your dog training business is sure to grow.

Grow and expand

We want you to thrive as a dog trainer. The insights provided here are intended to help you reach that goal.

Imagine you're already a successful dog trainer with a strong client base and a reputation for excellence. Now, it's time to consider how you can scale and expand your services.

There's always potential for more growth, and we're here to show you the path to greater achievements.

Also, please note that we have a 3-year development plan tailored for dog training services in our business plan template .

Successful dog trainers often possess qualities such as patience, strong communication skills, a deep understanding of animal behavior, and the ability to connect with both pets and their owners. These traits are essential as you navigate the complexities of expanding your business.

Before adding new services, consider the existing market demand, how these services complement your current offerings, and the impact they will have on your operations.

Market research is crucial in this decision-making process. By analyzing pet owner preferences, current pet care trends, and the success of similar services in the market, you can make informed decisions that align with your capabilities and client expectations.

Evaluating the success of your current operations involves looking at client retention rates, feedback, and operational efficiency. If you consistently receive positive reviews, have a high rate of repeat customers, and operate efficiently, it may be time to consider expansion.

Opening additional training locations should be based on clear evidence of demand, a thorough understanding of the target market, and the financial health of your current operation.

Franchising offers a way to expand with lower capital risk, leveraging the entrepreneurial spirit of franchisees. However, it requires a strong brand, proven training systems, and the ability to support franchisees. Opening owned branches provides more control but requires more capital and direct management. Each model has its benefits and challenges, and the choice depends on your business goals, resources, and preferences for growth.

Digital channels, including social media and online training programs, can significantly boost a dog trainer's reach and client base. Establishing an online presence allows you to cater to clients beyond your immediate geographic location, adapting to the increasing demand for remote and flexible training options.

This strategy requires an understanding of digital marketing, the creation of engaging online content, and the ability to maintain training effectiveness virtually.

Branding is crucial as it differentiates your services in a competitive market. A strong, consistent brand identity across all platforms can enhance client loyalty and attract new business. Strengthen your brand by ensuring that every client interaction reflects your values, professionalism, and expertise.

Maintaining consistency across multiple locations or services is challenging but essential. This can be achieved through detailed training manuals, certification programs, and quality control systems.

Regular evaluations and feedback sessions, along with fostering a strong, shared culture, help ensure each service upholds the standards that contributed to your original success.

Financial metrics and business benchmarks indicating readiness for expansion include consistent profitability, a strong cash flow, and meeting or exceeding client acquisition targets over a significant period.

Additionally, having a scalable business model and the operational capacity to support growth is crucial.

Partnerships with pet stores, veterinary clinics, and participation in community events can introduce your dog training services to new clients and markets. These opportunities allow for creative collaboration, community engagement, and brand visibility, contributing to your growth.

Scaling your services to meet increased demand involves considerations such as additional trainers, efficient scheduling systems, and possibly expanding your training space. Ensuring that your quality of service can handle the increased volume without compromise is key.

Finally, it's essential that your expansion efforts stay true to your core values and long-term goals. Growth should not come at the expense of the quality and personal touch that made your dog training services successful in the first place.

Regularly revisiting your business plan and values can help ensure that your expansion strategies align with your vision and mission, sustaining the essence of your dog training business as it grows.

  • Choosing a selection results in a full page refresh.
  • Opens in a new window.

Starting a Dog Training Business: The Ultimate Guide

Starting a dog training Business

So, you've got a passion for pooches and a knack for training? Here's your ultimate guide to starting a dog training business!  

  • Benefits of starting a business
  • Industry trends
  • Making a plan
  • Determining your services
  • Setting your price
  • Coming up with a name
  • Getting insurance
  • Registering your business
  • Marketing strategies
  • Growing your business

The Benefits of Starting Your Own Dog Training Business

Starting your own dog training business can be a deeply rewarding venture. You'll have the opportunity to be your own boss, taking the reins and making decisions that align with your core values and work style. Moreover, you'll transform your love for dogs and skill in training them into a career that meets a market need.  

Dog owners frequently seek professional help to properly train their dogs for obedience, agility, and even to overcome behavior issues. The dog training business is not just a profitable venture; it also allows you to make a meaningful impact on the lives of dogs and their owners.  

Current Dog Training Industry Trends

Just like any other industry, the dog training world also evolves with new trends and technologies. From modern training methods that emphasize positive reinforcement to the increased use of technology in training programs, staying abreast of industry trends can help you keep your business at the forefront.  

COVID-19 has also shaped the dog training industry in a unique way. With the surge in pet adoption during the pandemic, the demand for dog training services has also skyrocketed. Virtual training sessions have become increasingly popular, indicating a potential avenue to diversify your services.  

Organizations like The Academy of Pet Careers keep up with these trends, providing comprehensive education for future pet professionals. Participating in such programs can help you stay updated and relevant in the industry.  

Making a Plan

Before jumping into a new business, a solid business plan can help you avoid common mistakes and create some accountability in the early stages.  

A well-thought-out plan should include the following:  

  • An understanding of your target market  
  • Competitive analysis  
  • Financial plan  
  • Detailed Description of your potential customers  
  • What services you will offer  
  • Estimates of startup costs and projected earnings  

Answering these questions will provide a roadmap for your business. By putting your ideas on paper, it will help you think through your business more thoroughly. Once your business is up and running, you should reference your business plan at regular intervals to see where you stand compared to your benchmarks. There may be times when you need to rethink your business model and pivot to new opportunities.  

What Services Will You Offer

In dog training, there's a wide array of services you can offer. From basic obedience training to specific behavior modification training, agility training, puppy training, you need to decide what fits your skill set best. You could also consider offering specialized services like therapy dog or service dog training, which could differentiate you from other businesses.  

Your goal should be to find a niche that sets you apart. This will be different for every trainer. Based on your area, local competition, and your skillsets, you should be able to offer services that differentiate your business. Avoid copying your competition. This will make you a commodity and the only way to win in a competition between commodities is to be the lowest price. Offering a unique value allows you to set your price and carve out your own niche.    

Offering ancillary services like dog walking or pet sitting can also provide additional income streams that can supplement your core training business.  

How to Price Your Services

Pricing can be a balancing act. It's crucial to consider the market rates, the cost of doing business, and the value of your expertise. Take a look at what competitors are charging and understand why their prices are set that way. You could use different pricing models, such as hourly rates, package deals, or memberships. Each has its pros and cons, so choose what aligns best with your business plan.  

As a new business, you may be tempted to set your price lower than your competition. This is a good way to run your business into the ground. More established businesses have fine-tuned their business model and have a good understanding of costs and revenues. As a new business, it will be hard to compete with their cost efficiencies and you will most likely eat up all your profit.  

A safer bet is to match or price your services at the higher end. If you carve out a niche, this isn't hard to do because your customers won’t have any competition to compare you to.  

Coming Up with a Name for Your Business

This is where you have a lot of flexibility to express you and your brand. The first question to ask yourself when coming up with a name for your business is if you want the name to represent you or your business.  

Many successful trainers have built a brand around themselves and set themselves apart from the competition by being the local expert. If this is your goal, you may want to include your name in your business name. For example, “Joe’s Pawsitive Training” or something much cooler.  

On the other hand, if you want to grow a business that can scale with or without you, I recommend coming up with a catchy name that better describes your services and doesn’t include your name. For example, “Empowered Puppy Training”. Your focus should be catchy but also descriptive. If you get to abstract with it, customers may find it hard to recognize what you do.

Check out our list of 100+ dog training business names to spark some ideas.

Getting Insurance for Your Dog Training Business

Running a dog training business comes with specific risks. You might have to deal with an aggressive dog, or a dog might get injured during training. As such, getting insurance is vital.  

Liability insurance and business property insurance are types of coverage you should consider. You can reach out to any business insurance agent to obtain this. It is recommended that you price shop a few or work with a broker to get the best rates.  

Registering Your Business

Once you have a name, it's time to make your business official by registering it. The process may vary depending on your location, but generally, it involves choosing a legal structure for your business, filing necessary paperwork, and obtaining an Employer Identification Number (EIN). You can register your pet business here .

This step is not essential for every new business on day one. Many trainers who operate small independent businesses will simply file their business income and expenses on their personal tax return. It is recommended that you speak with a licensed CPA to figure out the best type of business entity for you and your goals.  

Checking If a License Is Required in Your Area

Although there are no licensing requirements to be a dog trainer , some areas require dog training businesses to get a license. In most cases, licenses are required based on how many dogs at a time you will house on site. License or not, you should still consider a proper education and certification from a dog training school .  

It's crucial to research and comply with your local laws to avoid any legal issues down the line. A simple call to your local city can answer your questions. The department of Agriculture is usually the one responsible for overseeing any pet related licensing.  

Marketing Your Dog Training Business

   

Marketing is essential to spread the word about your dog training business and attract clients. Here's a deeper look into some effective marketing strategies:  

Branding and Unique Selling Proposition (USP)

Your brand is more than just your business name or logo; it's the experience your clients get when they engage with your business. To create a strong brand, consider what makes your dog training business unique and how you want to be perceived by your potential clients. Do you specialize in training service dogs? Are you great at helping problematic dogs? Or perhaps you use unique training methods? This uniqueness becomes your USP, which differentiates you from your competitors.  

A professional, user-friendly website can serve as the home base for your business online. It gives potential customers an easy way to find and learn more about your services. Make sure to include clear descriptions of your services, pricing, contact information, and client testimonials. You can also maintain a blog to share useful dog training tips and advice. This can help improve your website's search engine ranking, making it easier for people to find your business.  

A Facebook page can be a good alternative for new businesses on a budget. Make sure to include business information such as hours of operation and forms of contact to make sure potential customers can reach you.  

Social Media

Social media platforms like Facebook, Instagram, or YouTube are fantastic tools for promoting your business. Regularly posting engaging content can help you build an online community. Share images or videos of your training sessions, success stories, or even simple day-to-day activities. Be sure to interact with your followers by responding to comments and messages in a timely and friendly manner.  

Using social media on a regular basis is a great way to build a community around your business and set the tone of your brand. On social media, the amount of work you put into it will determine your outcome. Organic posting on your business page may not get you new customers, but getting engaged in community groups and dog training pages can put you in front of customers.  

Partnerships

Partner with local pet shops, vets, or dog shelters to increase your visibility. You can leave your business cards or brochures at their locations, or even offer exclusive discounts to their customers. You might also consider organizing joint events or cross-promotions.  

Offline Marketing

Don't forget about traditional offline marketing strategies. Participate in local events or sponsor a local dog show. Deliver workshops or seminars about dog training in your local community. All of these activities not only promote your business but also establish you as an authority in the field of dog training.  

Referral Program

Happy customers are your best marketers. Develop a referral program that offers incentives to customers who refer your services to their friends or family. This could be a discount on their next training session or even a free session if they refer a certain number of clients.  

Remember, marketing is all about connecting with your potential customers and building relationships. Your passion for dogs and commitment to their well-being should shine through in your marketing efforts. With a little creativity and consistency, your dog training business will surely thrive.  

Growing Your Dog Training Business

Once you've established your dog training business, consider strategies for expansion. This could be offering new services, exploring new markets, or even franchising. Remember, customer retention is key to business growth, so focus on providing exceptional service that encourages referrals. Continuous learning, such as courses from The Academy of Pet Careers, can also help improve your training techniques and business skills.  

In conclusion, starting a dog training business can be a fulfilling and profitable career choice. As long as you're ready for hard work, continuous learning, and of course, lots of tail wags, you're well on your way to making your dog training business dreams come true!  

Frequently Asked Questions

Is it necessary to have a physical location for a dog training business.

While a physical location like a training center can be beneficial, it's not mandatory. Many dog trainers provide services at their clients' homes or public spaces like parks.  

Do I need to have prior experience in dog training to start this business?

While not necessary, having prior experience can provide you with valuable skills and credibility. Organizations like The Academy of Pet Careers offer comprehensive training programs for aspiring dog trainers.  

How can I differentiate my dog training business from competitors?

Unique services, specialized training, effective marketing, excellent customer service, and continuous learning can help differentiate your business.  

What kind of investment is needed to start a dog training business?

The investment can vary based on the scope of your business. Basic costs include training equipment, insurance, marketing, and possible licensing fees.

Is it necessary to hire staff when starting a dog training business?

While you can start solo, as your client base grows, you may need to hire additional trainers or administrative staff to manage the workload.

Related Dog Training Articles

  • How to Become a Dog Trainer
  • How Much Do Dog Trainers Make?
  • What Is Positive Reinforcement Training?
  • Guide to Dog Sports
  • How to Choose a Dog Trainer
  • Dog Training Cost
  • 9 Questions to Ask a Dog Trainer
  • Qualities of a Good Dog Trainer

Joseph Schifano Author Headshot

Joseph Schifano

Joseph Schifano is the President of The Academy of Pet Careers and the Founder of DogNerdly.

With over 20 years of professional pet experience, Joseph began his journey as the owner/operator of a successful seven-figure pet care business. He later acquired The Academy of Pet Careers, aiming to elevate the quality of care provided by industry professionals. This position enabled him to connect with leading experts in the field and deepen his knowledge in all aspects of pet care.

Become A Dog Trainer in CT – Connecticut Dog Training School

  • Privacy Overview
  • Strictly Necessary Cookies
  • 3rd Party Cookies

This website uses cookies so that we can provide you with the best user experience possible. Cookie information is stored in your browser and performs functions such as recognising you when you return to our website and helping our team to understand which sections of the website you find most interesting and useful.

Strictly Necessary Cookie should be enabled at all times so that we can save your preferences for cookie settings.

If you disable this cookie, we will not be able to save your preferences. This means that every time you visit this website you will need to enable or disable cookies again.

This website uses Google Analytics to collect anonymous information such as the number of visitors to the site, and the most popular pages.

Keeping this cookie enabled helps us to improve our website.

Please enable Strictly Necessary Cookies first so that we can save your preferences!

Dogster

  • Dog Health & Care
  • Dog Nutrition
  • Dog Training
  • Vet Approved

How to Start a Dog Training Business: 2024 Step-by-Step Guide

maltipoo training with owner

Image Credit: Tadogami, Shutterstock

Last Updated on July 5, 2024 by Dogster Team

maltipoo training with owner

Pet ownership has risen dramatically in the past few years, as people turned to cats and dogs as a means of combating the loneliness and anxiety caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. And, even during times of recession, pet owners are willing to fork out for their favorite animals.

As well as buying food and other equipment, this means there are individuals and families across the world willing to pay for other pet services, including training. A dog training business does pose certain challenges, but it can also be very rewarding, both financially and professionally. And, depending on how you structure the business, it can be quite easy to establish.

Here, we look at some of the basic steps you will need to take to start your own dog-training business.

divider-paw

  • Pros & Cons of a Dog Training Business

Before you embark on getting certified or building up a client base, you need to ensure that a dog training business is really the right thing for you. There are several benefits, but there are also some drawbacks.

  • Flexibility: To some extent, setting up your own dog training business offers flexibility. You can decide when to offer classes and where to provide your services.
  • Rewarding: Whether you train service dogs or help new owners integrate their puppies into the family, it can be very rewarding to see your four-legged clients develop and blossom.
  • Growth: There is room for growth in the dog training market. You could eventually hold multiple classes over various locations, and potentially even take on other trainers to further expand your offerings.
  • Inexpensive: You may already have most of the equipment you need to start dog training. And, if you need to pay for premises, you can use the money you make from the classes, which means minimal upfront costs. If you train at your own home, or your client’s homes, the costs could be even lower.
  • Clients: You might get into dog training because of your love for dogs, but you will have to deal with people just as often as their four-legged companions, in most cases.
  • Aggressive Dogs: Depending on the type of training you offer, it is likely that you will come up against aggressive dogs at least from time to time. These are the ones that tend to need training the most, and you need to be prepared to deal with them.
  • The 8 Steps for Starting a Dog Training Business
  • 1. Decide on Your Expertise

If you have decided that a dog training business is right for you, the next step is to determine the kind of training you will offer.

  • Group Training : Group training classes, which are sometimes also known as puppy classes, invite multiple owners and their dogs to partake in classes at the same time. You could have just a couple of participants or as many as a dozen or more. As well as teaching some basic commands, these types of classes are great for socializing dogs and they help teach owners how to train their dogs at home.
  • Private Training: Private training means visiting clients in their own homes, or having clients come to you. This type of service is often used for reactive or aggressive dogs, but can also be useful for anxious dogs that wouldn’t be able to concentrate in a group training environment. Rates are higher for private training, per dog, but you can only see one client at a time.
  • Service Dog Training: Service dogs range from guide dogs and hearing dogs to therapy and emotional support dogs, and they need extensive training before they can be placed with their long-term handlers. It can take a long time and a lot of experience to become a recognized service dog trainer.
  • Canine Sports: Agility is perhaps the best known of the canine sports, but other sports like flyball and herding or nose work classes also exist. Although these are sports classes for dogs and owners to get involved in, the dogs, and their owners, do require some training.
  • Behavioral Training: Behavioral training is similar to private or group training, but it concentrates on specific issues or types of dogs. For example, you can offer training to reactive dogs that are aggressive while on their leash, or dogs with specific phobias. With the number of new dog owners that are returning to the office, there is a call for behavioral training for dogs with separation anxiety, too.
  • 2. Find the Finance

No matter what type of training service you offer, you are going to need some level of financing. Even if you visit your clients’ homes and use their equipment, you will need money to pay for insurance and marketing, networking, and your website.

Total costs can vary from $1,000 or so, for a very basic setup, to $20,000 or more for more complex businesses. If you have savings you can use, this may be an option. Alternatively, put a business plan together and speak to banks and other financers to help arrange the money you need.

chihuahua dog going through obedience training

  • 3. Get Qualified and Certified

You don’t need formal qualifications or certifications to become a dog trainer, but they will benefit you. Formal training will help ensure that you have the skills and knowledge to do the job, and some clients may only be willing to work with a qualified instructor.

The Certification Council for Professional Dog Trainers offers courses that require you to gain experience as well as pass a multiple-choice exam.

  • 4. Get Experience

Having some experience is a good idea. Again, it is something that you can show to potential clients when trying to persuade them you know what you are doing, and if you want to become a service dog trainer, you are unlikely to get very far without this experience. Volunteer at shelters or relevant businesses to help get the experience.

smiling black woman training dog outdoors

  • 5. Get Insured

You will need insurance to be a dog trainer. At the very least, you need liability insurance. You will likely also need business insurance, bailee coverage for any injury or illness caused to dogs under your care, workers’ compensation insurance if you have other people working for you, and auto coverage to protect the van or other vehicle that you drive.

  • 6. Decide On Premises

Depending on the type of training you will offer, there are various options when it comes to the premises you will use. If you are training service dogs , you will likely do this from your own home.

Puppy classes can use a local community center or hall, which you should be able to rent out for an hour or two, while private training can be offered in your client’s homes.

woman training a brown dog indoors

  • 7. Buy Your Equipment

You likely won’t need much equipment for training. You may need leashes and harnesses for certain cases, and if you are setting up canine sports classes, or will introduce these as elements to your training group classes, you will need the appropriate equipment.

You may also want to invest in a vehicle and it is always best to make sure you have everything you need before you start your business, rather than buying the equipment as you discover you need it.

  • 8. Market Your Business

Set up a website, print flyers and business cards, and network with local veterinarians and pet supply businesses. Talk to groomers and other pet professionals, too. The more relationships you can establish with related businesses, the more you can benefit one another.

You can recommend a good groomer to owners who need one, and a friendly groomer can recommend your training services if they meet a dog that perhaps isn’t as well-behaved as it can be.

Once you have a website, post on social media with photos of your four-legged clients (get permission first) and use local groups to help spread the word.

dog training center business plan

Dog training is a potentially rewarding career path , but there aren’t that many job opportunities even for a qualified trainer. Setting up your own dog training business may be the most fruitful path, although there are challenges to establishing and running any type of business. Determine the type of training you will offer , get insured, and make sure you have all the equipment you will need, before you start.

Always be professional and helpful with your two-legged clients, too, because this will help with word of mouth, and look for ways to use social media to help spread the word even further.

  • See Also:  Petco Dog Training Review: Pros, Cons & Verdict
  • https://www.k9ofmine.com/how-to-start-dog-training-business/
  • https://stepbystepbusiness.com/business-ideas/start-a-dog-training-business/
  • https://www.fitbark.com/blog/how-to-start-a-dog-training-business-a-complete-guide
  • https://www.thehartford.com/business-insurance/pet-dog-trainer-insurance

Featured Image Credit: Tadogami, Shutterstock

How useful was this post?

Click on a star to rate (you can leave written feedback after clicking submit)

Help us improve Dogster for pet parents!

Your feedback really matters.

What did you like about this post? Also how can we improve it?

About the Author

' src=

Nicole Cosgrove

Nicole has loved animals of all sizes her whole life so it's no wonder she has dedicated her career to helping them through what she loves best: learning, writing, and sharing knowledge with others. She’s the proud mom of two dogs, a cat, and a human. With a degree in Education and 15+ years of writing experience, Nicole wants to help pet parents and pets around the planet to live happy, safe, and healthy lives.

belgian malinois K9 dog

Why Are Police Dogs Called K9? History & Facts

woman training her young dog

4 Dog Training Rituals: Vet-Approved Tips to Help Your Pup Learn

newfoundland dog walking in snow with owner

How to Train a Newfoundland Dog: 11 Vet-Recommended Tips

PangoVet Image Speak With A Vet Online

Get Dogster in your inbox!

Dogster Editors Choice Badge

Why Does My Dog Eat Their Own Poop? 8 Vet-Reviewed Reasons and Tips

close up of ginger snaps

Can Dogs Eat Ginger Snaps? Vet-Verified Facts & Explanation

dog licking its paw

How to Stop My Dog From Licking Their Paws: 11 Vet-Approved Tips

© pangolia pte. ltd. all rights reserved..

Core Functionality

  • Cheap and Budget Friendly Recipes
  • Health Related Illness Diets
  • Homemade Treat Recipes
  • Homemade Dog Treats for Health Issues
  • Seasonal Recipes
  • Can Dogs Eat…
  • Dog Diseases & Conditions
  • Dog Symptoms
  • Dog Grooming
  • Caring For Seniors
  • Dog Loss & Grieving
  • Dog Reproductive Health
  • Treatments and Home Remedies
  • Dry Dog Food
  • Wet Dog Food
  • Best Dog Products
  • Dog Accessories
  • Dog Health Products
  • CBD for Dogs
  • Toy Dog Breeds
  • Working Dog Breeds
  • Terrier Dog Breeds
  • Sporting Dog Breeds
  • Non-Sporting Dog Breeds
  • Mixed Breeds
  • Hound Dog Breeds
  • Livestock and Herding Dog Breeds

Top Dog Tips - Dog Food Recipes, Care Tips & Best Dog Supplies Reviews

How to Start a Dog Training Business

Being an entrepreneur isn't easy. It takes dedication, drive and passion for the industry you're going into as well as for the business itself. Many pet parents dream and ponder how to start a dog training business for many reasons, but the most common is a simple love for dogs and a desire to improve the relationship between pets and their owners.

Working with pets is a rewarding experience, and even more so when you can be your own boss: planning, creating, imagining and implementing everything from A to Z. If this sounds like you, and you believe you're a hard working enough person with an interest in dog training , the first step to figuring out exactly  how to start a dog training business is to actually commit to this venture .

Keep in mind though that regardless of the sense of adventure, excitement and optimism that will come once you take your first steps into building your own dog training business, it will not always be an easy road to travel. In fact, pet parents who are dead set on launching a dog training business should prepare for a long road of many hours and hard work.

“ 30% of new businesses in the usa fail within the first two years after launch…”

…according to the US Small Business Administration ; and within the first five years that number can jump up to a 50% failure rate . Although this is true across all industries, not just pet businesses , the failure rate in running a dog training business specifically can be even higher for many different reasons.

How to Start a Dog Training Business

Always begin with learning as much as you can and research of the industry you're about to enter.

Doing your homework before you begin – along with plenty of investigation of what's out there – will definitely and significantly  improve the odds of your dog business becoming successful. You'll also want to make sure that you have a good support system  set up around you, because starting a business, no matter what kind, is a very stressful undertaking overall.

What do I mean by “support system”? It's the people and the environment that surrounds you: avoid all the negativity and consume all positive thoughts and encouragement from those who push you into learning how to start a dog training business. Additionally, gather around all types of resources for information and reference. Grab dog business books, subscribe to our newsletter and follow our Dog Business Column .

“I'm ready. I can do this. I'm dedicated and I want to learn how to start a dog training business!”

First thing's first…

Dog training industry is competitive. But what's even more important to know is that it's also unregulated, meaning that  anyone can be a dog trainer , even without any dog training certifications. Some dog owners may hire trainers who are not qualified in the least to train a canine. Thus it's important to get unbiased, objective opinions of your dog training knowledge and handling skills from third-party sources (preferably NOT your family and friends).

If you haven't already done anything like that, make sure to take group classes or private lessons with your own dog in learning how to train dogs professionally . We even have a great column on how to get a dog trainer's certification , if you wish to look into that.

To make sure that your dog training business stands out from the crowd, you'll want to have as many canine training skills on your resumé as possible. Take additional classes and seminars that offer more certificates of completion, new skills, ideas, and if possible, get a list of references of people that have seen your ability to train dogs first-hand.

Having a huge crush on dogs does not qualify you to become a dog trainer, and it especially doesn't mean that you're a really good dog trainer. You need to show potential clients that you have the knowledge and skill set that is required to train their dogs. The more education you have, the higher-quality training you will be able to provide.

How to Start a Dog Training Business

Don't forget that you'll be working with the public.

With the above being said, love for dogs is crucial in this business (duh!) but so is the ability to communicate with those on the other end of the leash. You aren't just training canines; you are also teaching their owners . Customer service skills are vital when teaching Fido's other-half how to use commands and other tactics appropriately. Sometimes, it can be even harder than teaching a dog…

RELATED: How to teach a dog to walk on a leash

Remember that not everyone will have the same amount of knowledge that you do, so you can't expect dog owners to know anything about training animals. Cut them some slack and develop a good sense of patience. Making dog owners feel competent and understanding their needs and concerns is what will set you apart from other trainers in the business. Customer service is a huge part of a thriving business, and those who want to learn how to start a dog training business should look for some good examples, like Amazon or Johnson & Johnson whose love for customers is absolutely top-notch .

If you are articulate and know what you're doing , and you're easy to understand, then chances are good that you have what it takes to launch a successful career as a dog trainer . If you feel like your people skills could use some work, consider investing in a training program. It may sound silly now, but a few night classes in customer service and how to effectively work with clients may be all it takes to make or break your business.

“Where are all the dogs at?”

How to Start a Dog Training Business

Picking a good location for your dog training business

Although it is not uncommon to see dog training companies operate in remote and sparsely populated parts of the country, it is wise for a first-time business owner to find an area where the most people — and dogs — are. If you are in a market where you could only train an average of 30 dogs a year, then it would be more like a hobby and less like a viable business.

This part is called market research, and it's responsible for about half of your success. It's absolutely vital that you do your market research.

Another duh : in order to support and scale your dog training business, you need to be sure that you are opening in the area where there is a high percentage of dog owners. The denser the dog population, the better! According to the American Veterinary Medical Association (AVMA), 36.5% of U.S. households own a dog , and you want to be near as many of those families as possible.

If you're open to relocation across the country, then focus on settling your business in a state, city and neighborhood where a large number of families own dogs. You can get this information from local animal control officials, town offices, or any other institution that provides information on the number of registered dogs in the area. Also, check the information in surrounding towns, because some people may be likely to travel in order to receive the best service possible (yours!)

After you have thoroughly researched your market and figured out where the demand is, you can start the next step — scouting for a location.

“Can I just rent any vacant building for my dog business?”

How to Start a Dog Training Business

Yes, of course you can. And you can also save some money by starting in your own house, but there are a few aspects of this plan that need to be considered.

Before choosing the actual physical space where your dog training business will be located, you need to keep this important part in mind: seriously consider (and calculate) how much space in square feet you'll require . This is where many aspiring trainers fail by skimping on space, because usually, successful dog training businesses need plenty of room to move and run.

Alternatively, some canine trainers who are learning how to start a dog training business will often begin their entrepreneurial venture in their homes. There's nothing wrong with that if your house is big and has plenty of room where you can accomplish all necessary tasks.

RELATED: Puppy training 101 – Basic walkthrough

So whether you'd like to run your business out of your home or you're planning on renting a space, make sure it has adequate room  for all the supplies and equipment you will need, as well as plenty of space for you and the dogs to move freely while working together.

You also need to think about how easy it is for customers to access your building. If you are planning on running your dog training business out of your home and it's located on a muddy dirt road that is 5 miles from the nearest main road, that's not very easily accessible for your future clientele. You want your business to be easy to find and easy to get to.

This is a type of business that highly relies on easy access to location on a daily basis.

Other things to consider when looking for the proper venue when you're just beginning to learn how to start a dog training business are:

  • Is there adequate parking?
  • Does the location promote the desired image of your business?
  • Is there room for future growth?
  • Is there competition located near this location?

* Tip : Be sure to check zoning requirements for the city beforehand to make sure you can run a business in that location.

Who is your competition?

Let's say you have succeeded in locating an area with a large population of dog owners. Chances are that if there are dogs around, there are also well-established pet businesses in the area, possibly even schools and trainers . It is important for your business to stand out by offering something unique , that perhaps the other trainers don't offer.

How to Start a Dog Training Business

To understand your competition a little better, check and see how far in advance other dog trainers in your target market are booked.

This type of information is necessary to determine whether there is a shortage or over saturation of dog training services in your target area. There will be places where every dog trainer in town can see you today, which probably means there is an excess supply of canine trainers in that area.

RELATED: Dog training basics – 11 essential tips

If the latter is the case, don't give up yet — first, examine your ability to stand out from the competition. Having something special to offer, such as really  high-quality training at a lower price with amazing customer service and gifts for dogs (etc.) might be all you need to have your dog training business succeed and grow.

Another thing to consider is the type of training that the other programs are offering. If they use a punishment-based training method, a positive reinforcement method may be exactly what that particular area and its dog owners are looking for. The bottom line is to make sure that the market you are looking to come into isn't over-saturated, or that there's something unique or improved you can offer that hasn't been offered yet .

However, if you've done your research and it seems that there is an abundance of highly-qualified trainers in the area that specialize in the same type of training that you will be offering, it may be time to reconsider your location. Even if you have to commute a few towns over, it will be worth it if there is a chance you will get more business. This type of commitment is what it takes to run a successful dog business.

Now it's time for a little paperwork…

How to Start a Dog Training Business

Once you've chosen the perfect location, you're well on your way to understanding how to start a dog training business. Now comes the tedious part – paperwork. A big part of learning how to start a dog training business is hidden away in bureaucracy, something many aspiring petpreneurs forget to consider.

The first thing you'll need to do is choose a name for your business. You want it to be something that is catchy and easy for costumers to remember. Before you settle on a name, think about how you'll market your business and make sure that the name is professional looking and great for marketing, too.

Once you've selected the perfect name, it's time to legalize your business. If you're unsure of how to do this, go to your state's business website and do some research. Most states require all businesses to be registered with the state and many have certain licensing regulations as well. For example, if I were to start a business in California, I'd visit this site .

RELATED: How to housebreak a puppy effectively

If you can't find all the information that you need online, make a phone call to the state business department and get your questions answered. You don't want to get close to opening your dog training business and realize that you don't have a required license, or worse – get shut down after opening because you didn't file the required paperwork.

You're also going to need insurance . Finding business insurance can be tricky, so shop around well and long. You want to make sure that you have plenty of coverage because you never know what can happen. What if one of the dogs you are training gets hurt and the owners want to blame on you? Same goes for your location – your building/office/area or whatnot needs to be covered in the event there is a fire, flood, etc.

Be smart about your business insurance. At first, focus on the most essential things you'll need and try to minimize your expenses as much as you can. Let's say you live in a place like the desert of Arizona, then flood insurance may not be a high priority for you. Likewise, if you live in Maine you probably won't need tornado coverage.

Talk with multiple different insurance agents and especially read a lot online about all offers you can get before you choose which one to work with. Ensure that your pet business insurance company is giving you the coverage you need without any hidden policies that your business won't require. It's easy to get upsold ten times over your budget.

RELATED: Toilet training puppies – 10 tips for success

Now that all your paperwork is completed, you need to keep it organized and in a safe place. You're going to need to refer to this information many times, so you don't want to lose it or have to hunt for it when the time comes. It's never a bad idea to scan everything into your computer so you have a back up copy if you happen to misplace anything.

How to Start a Dog Training Business

Dog supplies and products, training equipment and more…

Hopefully you've been planning on purchasing A LOT of professional dog supplies, because you're going to need them. Talk to other dog trainers, research information online, and come up with a list of all the materials that you will need to run a successful dog training business .

Luckily, Top Dog Tips specializes in profiling dog supplies companies, start-ups and providing reviews on all types of dog products. Read everything on this site to educate yourself on what you need, what you don't need and how to work those things.

Obviously you'll need a lot of good quality supplies for training and working with your clientele dogs. Some very first things to consider are:

How to Start a Dog Training Business

  • Agility training equipment
  • Calming aids
  • Books and videos
  • General dog training equipment

You'll wear many different hats as a business owner, so don't forget about the other dog products that you'll be needing as well. Think about the office supplies you'll need, too. I'm not just talking about pens, paper, and sticky notes. You'll need that stuff as well but take into account (as an expense) other, much larger and more expensive things.

Obviously, a computer will be necessary to send emails, keep up with your website and social media pages, create invoices, keep records, and much more. You may also need a separate phone line and maybe an answering machine. What about a desk, office chair, and chairs for your clients? The more detailed you make your list now, the more prepared you will be.

Once you have the list down, start restructuring in terms of priority. Every successful business owner should be good at prioritizing stuff. Find ways to spend as least funds as possible in the beginning without sacrificing quality of your services.

Try to spend less and be prepared to get your hands dirty

How to Start a Dog Training Business

Chances are you’re not going to have lots of money to hire a cleaning service, general contractor, lawyer, accountant, marketing firm, or web designer at first. In order to keep your start-up costs low, it is advisable to do some of these things yourself. If you don't know how, take a class or find someone who can help you pro-bono.

Do your own painting and household repairs and learn accounting, basic bookkeeping, the basics of online marketing, social media and website design, or at least website maintenance. Doing these simple tasks on your own can help your business get off to a better financial start because your start-up costs will be considerably cheaper. And, if the business fails, you will significantly reduce the impact on your own financial health.

RELATED: How to live on a budget with dogs

Also, learning everything first-hand will make you a much better boss later down the road once you start outsourcing tasks and hiring professionals to handle specific parts of your dog training business.

Now that you understand how to start a dog training business, the rest is up to you.

Even with a well-prepared plan, starting a dog training business – or ANY business for that matter – isn't easy. There’s a lot involved both physically and emotionally, and it can take some time for you to build up a clientele. Try looking online for free resources and visit your local government to look into the rules regarding licensing and registration.

Research the web for financial grants and free business-planning services. There are great benefits to be had from incubator and mentorship programs, along with other government-run services. You'll find resources on creating a dog training business plan and securing financing. Here are just a few of the great resources out there:

  • BPlans has tons of great stuff to get your business up and running quickly.
  • Check out  MyOwnBusiness for some great free business planning information.
  • The U.S. Small Business Administration is a great place for info.
  • Entrepreneur.com  has lots of free advice, tips and inspiration.

Remember that everything takes time, and building up a strong business is no exception. Don't expect things to take off right out of the gate. Give yourself time to build relationships with clients and get people in the community talking about your business. Before you know it, you'll have a successful dog training business.

LATEST FEATURES

 width=

4 Tips & Tricks for Navigating Peak Flea and Tick Season

 width=

Have Pet, Will Travel: Guide to Spring or Summer Trips with...

 width=

Can I Afford A Dog?

 width=

How to Get Rid of a Dog: The Right Way

 width=

Why Are Dogs So Loyal?

 width=

Why Do Pets Make Us Happy?

 width=

Dog Names Starting With Z

 width=

How Many Dogs Are Too Many?

 width=

Can Dogs Get Sick From Humans?

 width=

Dandie Dinmont Terrier Breed Profile

Top Dog Tips - Dog Food Recipes, Care Tips & Best Dog Supplies Reviews

  • Terms of Use
  • Privacy Policy
  • No AI Clause

FinModelsLab

How To Write a Business Plan for Professional Dog Trainer in 9 Steps: Checklist

By alex ryzhkov, get full bundle.

$169$99
$59$39
$39$29
$15$9
$25$15
$15$9
$15$9
$15$9
$19

Related Blogs

  • Starting a Business
  • KPI Metrics
  • Running Expenses
  • Startup Costs
  • Pitch Deck Example
  • Increasing Profitability
  • Sales Strategy
  • Rising Capital
  • Valuing a Business
  • How Much Makes
  • Sell a Business
  • Business Idea
  • How To Avoid Mistakes

Are you passionate about working with dogs and want to turn that passion into a profitable business? As a professional dog trainer, you have the opportunity to help dog owners develop a stronger bond with their furry friends while also earning a living doing what you love. In this blog post, we will guide you through the necessary steps to write a comprehensive business plan for your professional dog training venture, ensuring that you are well-prepared to enter the industry and meet the growing demand for your services.

Industry Growth: The demand for professional dog training services has been steadily increasing in recent years. According to a report by the American Pet Products Association (APPA), Americans spent a whopping $95.7 billion on their pets in 2019, with a significant portion allocated to training and behavior-related services. This clearly indicates the potential for growth and profitability in the professional dog training industry.

Now that we have established the immense opportunity in the industry, let's dive into the nine crucial steps you need to take in order to write a business plan for your professional dog training business. By following this checklist, you will be equipped with a solid foundation for your business, enabling you to attract clients, stand out from the competition, and ultimately achieve long-term success.

Define Your Target Market and Identify the Demand for Professional Dog Training Services in Your Area.

Before starting your professional dog training business, it is crucial to define your target market and identify the demand for your services in your area. This will help you tailor your services to meet the specific needs of your potential customers.

To define your target market, consider the demographics of dog owners in your area. Determine factors such as their age, income level, and lifestyle. Additionally, take into account the type of dogs they own, their training needs, and their willingness to invest in professional training services.

  • Research local dog ownership statistics and trends to gain insights into the potential demand for professional training services.
  • Consider conducting surveys or interviews with local dog owners to understand their needs and preferences.
  • Take note of any specific dog breeds or training challenges that are prevalent in your area, as these can help you specialize your services.
  • Identify any nearby dog-related businesses or organizations that could be potential partners or referral sources.

It is also essential to assess the demand for professional dog training services in your area. Look for indications such as the number of existing dog training businesses, the frequency of dog training events or classes, and the level of interest and engagement in dog-related activities within your community.

Research the competition in your area to understand their offerings, pricing, and target market. This will help you identify any gaps or opportunities in the market that you can capitalize on. Additionally, pay attention to customer reviews and testimonials to gain insights into what dog owners are looking for in a professional trainer.

By defining your target market and assessing the demand for professional dog training services in your area, you will be equipped with the information needed to develop a successful business strategy and provide services that cater to the specific needs of your local dog owners.

Professional Dog Trainer Financial Model Get Template

Conduct Thorough Market Research To Understand The Competition And Potential Opportunities In The Industry.

Market research plays a crucial role in understanding the competitive landscape and identifying potential opportunities in the professional dog training industry. It allows you to gather valuable insights about the current market trends, customer preferences, and the strategies employed by your competitors. Here are some key steps to conduct thorough market research:

  • Identify the existing professional dog trainers in your area and analyze their services, pricing, and target market. This will give you an idea of the competition you will face and help you differentiate your offerings.
  • Study the demographic data of your target market, such as dog ownership rates, dog training preferences, and spending habits. This information will help you define your target audience and tailor your services accordingly.
  • Attend local dog training events, classes, and seminars to observe the techniques and strategies employed by other trainers. This will give you insights into popular training methods and potential gaps in the market.
  • Collect customer feedback by conducting surveys or interviews with dog owners in your area. This will provide valuable insights into customer expectations and preferences, helping you refine your services to meet their needs.
  • Analyze online platforms and directories that list professional dog trainers. Evaluate the customer reviews and ratings for different trainers to understand their strengths and weaknesses. This will help you identify opportunities for differentiation and improvement.

Tips for conducting market research:

  • Use online tools like Google Trends, social media listening tools, and industry reports to gather data on market trends and customer behavior.
  • Consider joining industry associations or networking groups to connect with other dog trainers and stay updated on industry news.
  • Take advantage of free resources like local libraries, business development centers, and trade publications to gather relevant market data.
  • Keep track of your findings and regularly update your market research to stay informed about changes in the industry.

By conducting thorough market research, you will gain a comprehensive understanding of the competition and identify potential opportunities in the professional dog training industry. This will enable you to develop effective strategies and differentiate your services to attract and retain clients.

Determine Your Unique Selling Proposition And How You Will Differentiate Your Services From Competitors.

When starting a professional dog training business, it is crucial to determine your unique selling proposition (USP) and identify how you will differentiate your services from the competition. With a saturated market, standing out and offering something different is essential to attract clients and build a successful business.

One way to determine your USP is by conducting a thorough analysis of your competitors. Research their services, pricing, and customer feedback to understand the gaps in the market. This will help you identify areas where you can offer something unique and valuable to your potential clients.

Once you have identified the gaps and opportunities in the market, you can begin to develop your USP. This could be based on various factors such as your training techniques, specialized services, or even your personality and approach to working with dogs and their owners.

Here are some tips to help you determine your unique selling proposition:

  • 1. Focus on a specialization: Consider specializing in a specific area of dog training, such as therapy or service dog training. By becoming an expert in a niche, you can differentiate yourself from general trainers and attract clients who require specialized training services.
  • 2. Provide personalized training plans: Tailor your training programs to meet the specific needs of each client. By offering customized training plans, you demonstrate your dedication to individualized attention and increase the perceived value of your services.
  • 3. Emphasize positive reinforcement: Many dog owners prefer trainers who use positive reinforcement techniques rather than harsh or punitive methods. Highlight your use of positive reinforcement and explain the benefits it brings to both the dog and the owner.
  • 4. Offer additional support: Go beyond basic training sessions by providing additional resources, such as follow-up consultations, online support, or access to a community of dog owners. Showing that you are committed to the success of your clients will set you apart from competitors.
  • 5. Showcase your success stories: Share testimonials and success stories from previous clients to demonstrate the effectiveness of your training methods. Potential clients are more likely to choose a trainer with a proven track record of success.

Determining your USP and differentiating your services from competitors will play a significant role in attracting and retaining clients. By highlighting what sets you apart, you can position yourself as the go-to choice for dog owners seeking professional training services.

Develop A Clear And Comprehensive Business Model Including Pricing, Revenue Streams, And Cost Structure.

When developing the business model for your professional dog training business, it is crucial to have a clear understanding of your pricing, revenue streams, and cost structure. This will help you determine how to generate income and cover your expenses in a sustainable way.

Pricing: Start by researching the pricing strategies of other professional dog trainers in your area. This will give you an idea of the market rates and help you determine how to position your services. Consider factors such as your level of expertise, the demand for your services, and any additional value you may offer to clients. It's important to strike a balance between being competitive and ensuring your pricing reflects the value you provide.

Revenue Streams: In addition to one-on-one consultations, consider other potential sources of revenue for your business. This could include group classes, seminars, or workshops where you can reach a larger audience and generate additional income. You may also want to explore the possibility of selling dog training books, DVDs, or other resources that complement your services. Diversifying your revenue streams can help ensure a stable and sustainable income.

Cost Structure: Carefully consider the costs associated with running your professional dog training business. These may include rent for a training facility, insurance coverage, equipment and supplies, marketing expenses, and any fees for certifications or licenses required in your area. By accurately estimating your costs, you will be able to set your pricing appropriately and ensure your business remains profitable.

Tips for developing your business model:

  • Regularly review and adjust your pricing based on market trends and the value you provide to clients.
  • Consider offering bundled packages or loyalty discounts to encourage repeat business.
  • Explore partnerships with pet stores or veterinary clinics to increase your reach and generate referrals.
  • Invest in professional development and continuing education to enhance your skills and stay up-to-date with industry trends.
  • Track and analyze your revenue streams to identify areas for growth and potential opportunities for expansion.

Developing a clear and comprehensive business model will not only help you set a solid foundation for your professional dog training business but also enable you to make informed decisions that drive its success. Take the time to carefully consider your pricing, revenue streams, and cost structure in order to create a sustainable and profitable venture.

Assess The Legal And Regulatory Requirements For Running A Professional Dog Training Business In Your Location.

Starting a professional dog training business requires careful consideration of the legal and regulatory requirements in your specific location. Complying with these requirements is crucial to ensure the legality and smooth operation of your business. Here are some key aspects to assess:

  • Licensing: Research the licensing or certification requirements for professional dog trainers in your area. Some states may require trainers to obtain a specific license or certification to operate legally. It is essential to understand the qualifications, training programs, and examinations necessary to obtain the required license.
  • Insurance: Evaluate the insurance needs for your dog training business. Explore options for liability insurance, which can protect you in the event of accidents or injuries that may occur during training sessions. Additionally, consider worker's compensation insurance if you plan to hire employees or subcontractors.
  • Permits: Determine if your local government requires any permits or approvals to run a dog training business. This may include obtaining a general business license or specific permits for operating in certain areas or conducting group training sessions.
  • Health and Safety Regulations: Familiarize yourself with any health and safety regulations that apply to dog training businesses. This may include maintaining a clean and safe training environment, proper handling and sanitation practices for equipment, and compliance with animal welfare laws.
  • Contractual Agreements: Consult legal experts or an attorney to draft contracts and agreements for your business. These may include client agreements, liability waivers, and contract terms for any professionals working alongside you, such as assistants or subcontractors.
  • Research local zoning regulations to ensure that you can operate a dog training business from your chosen location.
  • Consider joining professional associations or organizations that provide guidance and resources on legal requirements and industry best practices.
  • Stay informed about any changes or updates in the legal and regulatory landscape surrounding dog training businesses in your area. Regularly review and update your compliance practices accordingly.

By carefully assessing and fulfilling the legal and regulatory requirements for your professional dog training business, you can establish a strong foundation for success and avoid potential legal pitfalls. It is advisable to consult with professionals in the legal field or local authorities to ensure that you have a thorough understanding of the specific requirements in your location.

Estimate The Necessary Startup Costs And Outline A Financial Plan Including Funding Sources And Potential Returns On Investment.

When starting your professional dog training business, it is crucial to estimate the necessary startup costs and create a detailed financial plan. This will help you understand the financial requirements of your business and determine the funding sources you can tap into. Here are some key considerations:

  • Identify Your Startup Costs: Begin by listing all the expenses you will incur when starting your business. This may include equipment such as leashes, treats, training aids, and facility rental costs if applicable. Additionally, consider one-time costs like registering your business, obtaining necessary licenses or certifications, and professional insurance.
  • Research Potential Funding Sources: Explore various funding options such as personal savings, loans from financial institutions, or seeking investors. Additionally, consider crowdfunding platforms or grants that may be available specifically for small businesses or pet-related ventures.
  • Create a Financial Plan: Outline your revenue streams and estimate your potential returns on investment. Calculate expected income from one-on-one consultations or training sessions, group classes, seminars, and sales of additional products such as books or DVDs. Consider both short-term and long-term financial goals.
  • Consult with a financial advisor or accountant to ensure your estimates and financial plan are accurate and realistic.
  • Consider offering package deals or subscription-based services to attract and retain clients, creating a steady revenue stream.
  • Regularly review and adjust your financial plan as your business grows and evolves.

By estimating startup costs and outlining a financial plan, you can better prepare yourself for the financial aspects of running a professional dog training business. This will help ensure the sustainability and success of your venture in the long run.

Identify The Key Resources And Partnerships Required To Successfully Run The Business.

Running a successful professional dog training business requires effective utilization of key resources and partnerships. By identifying and leveraging these assets, you can enhance your services and create a sustainable competitive advantage in the market.

  • Trained Staff: To provide high-quality one-on-one consultations and training sessions, you need a team of well-trained and experienced staff. Hiring professional dog trainers with expertise in different training techniques can ensure that you can cater to a wide range of client needs.
  • Training Facilities: Depending on your business model, you may require access to appropriate training facilities. These facilities should provide a safe and controlled environment where you can conduct training sessions and behavior assessments. Consider partnering with local dog-friendly venues or investing in your training facility to meet these requirements.
  • Equipment and Tools: As a professional dog trainer, you will need a variety of equipment and tools, including leashes, clickers, treat pouches, training aids, and props for specialized techniques. Identify the necessary equipment and ensure you have access to them to effectively carry out your training programs.
  • Online Platforms: Embracing digital platforms can significantly enhance your reach and customer engagement. Building a professional website to showcase your services and expertise, utilizing social media channels, and employing email marketing strategies can help you connect with potential clients and establish a strong online presence.
  • Networking and Partnerships: Collaborating with other professionals in the industry, such as veterinarians, groomers, or pet stores, can be mutually beneficial. These partnerships can provide you with referrals, access to a wider customer base, and opportunities for joint marketing efforts. Building a strong network within the pet community can contribute to the growth and success of your business.
  • Do thorough research to find the best training facilities or venues for your business.
  • Invest in high-quality training equipment to ensure the safety and effectiveness of your sessions.
  • Collaborate with local businesses and professionals to expand your reach and establish credibility.
  • Regularly update your digital platforms to stay connected with your audience and attract new clients.

Clearly Define Your Business Goals, Objectives, And Milestones For The Short And Long-Term.

When starting a professional dog training business, it is essential to have clear goals, objectives, and milestones in place for both the short and long-term. These will serve as a roadmap for your business and guide your decision-making process. Here are some key aspects to consider when defining your goals and objectives:

  • Identify your business mission: Start by outlining the overarching purpose of your dog training business. What do you aim to achieve? Are you focused on helping dog owners with basic obedience training, or do you want to specialize in therapy or service dog training? Clearly defining your mission will help you stay focused and provide a sense of direction.
  • Set measurable goals: It's important to set specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound (SMART) goals for your business. For example, you might aim to acquire a certain number of clients within the first six months or increase your revenue by a certain percentage by the end of the year. By setting measurable goals, you can track your progress and make adjustments as needed.
  • Establish short-term objectives: Short-term objectives are the milestones that you want to achieve within a specific timeframe. These objectives should be directly linked to your overall goals and help you measure your progress along the way. For instance, you might aim to launch your website and social media pages within the first month or secure partnerships with local veterinary clinics or pet stores within the first three months.
  • Create long-term milestones: Long-term milestones are the significant achievements that you aim to reach over a more extended period, such as a year or five years. These milestones should align with your business vision and reflect the growth and success you envision for your dog training business. Examples of long-term milestones could include expanding your service offerings, opening a brick-and-mortar training facility, or becoming a recognized expert in your field.
  • Regularly review and reassess your goals, objectives, and milestones to ensure they remain relevant and aligned with your evolving business needs.
  • Break down long-term milestones into smaller, actionable steps to make them more manageable and achievable.
  • Consider seeking advice or guidance from experienced dog trainers or business mentors to help you refine and clarify your goals and objectives.
  • Communicate your goals and objectives to your team, if you have one, to ensure everyone is working towards a common vision.

By clearly defining your business goals, objectives, and milestones for the short and long-term, you will have a clear sense of direction and purpose. This will help guide your daily operations, motivate you to overcome challenges, and ultimately lead to the success of your professional dog training business.

Evaluate Your Skills, Experience, and Qualifications Needed to Establish Yourself as a Professional Dog Trainer

As a professional dog trainer, it is crucial to assess your skills, experience, and qualifications in order to establish yourself in the industry. Here are some important factors to consider:

  • Educational Background: While a formal education in dog training is not always required, it can provide you with a strong foundation of knowledge and techniques. Pursuing certifications or attending specialized courses can also enhance your credibility.
  • Experience: Building hands-on experience is vital to becoming a successful dog trainer. This can be gained through apprenticeships, working with reputable trainers, or volunteering at animal shelters. The more exposure you have to different breeds and behavioral issues, the better equipped you will be to handle diverse client needs.
  • Training Methods: Evaluate your understanding of various training methods and philosophies. It is essential to have a versatile approach that can be customized to meet the individual needs of each dog and their owner.
  • Communication Skills: Effective communication is key when working with both dogs and their owners. Assess your ability to convey instructions clearly and provide guidance in a concise and understandable manner. Being patient and empathetic is also crucial for establishing trust and building strong client relationships.
  • Continuing Education: Commitment to ongoing learning is essential in the dog training industry. Staying up to date with the latest research, attending conferences, and participating in workshops will not only expand your knowledge but also demonstrate your dedication to professional growth.
  • Consider joining professional dog training associations or organizations to network with fellow trainers and stay informed about industry trends.
  • Seek mentorship or guidance from experienced trainers who can provide valuable insights and support as you establish your career.
  • Volunteer at dog-related events or organizations to gain additional practical experience and exposure to different breeds and training scenarios.
  • Continuously evaluate and reflect on your skills and areas for improvement to ensure you provide the best service possible to your clients.

By evaluating your skills, experience, and qualifications, you can confidently position yourself as a professional dog trainer and set a solid foundation for success in the industry.

In conclusion, writing a business plan for a professional dog trainer requires careful consideration and thorough research. By defining your target market, understanding the competition, and developing a clear business model, you can differentiate your services and establish yourself as a reputable trainer. It is important to assess the legal requirements, estimate startup costs, and outline a financial plan to ensure the success of your business. By setting clear goals, evaluating your skills, and identifying key resources, you can create a solid foundation for your professional dog training business.

Expert-built startup financial model templates

Leave a comment

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Please note, comments must be approved before they are published

ZenBusinessPlans

Home » Sample Business Plans » Pet

A Sample Dog Training Business Plan Template

Are you about starting a dog training center? If YES, here is a complete sample dog training business plan template & feasibility report you can use for FREE . Okay, so we have considered all the requirements for starting a dog training business.

We also took it further by analyzing and drafting a sample dog training service marketing plan template backed up by actionable guerrilla marketing ideas for dog training businesses. So let’s proceed to the business planning section.

Why Start a Dog Training Business?

The demand for dog training services is very high especially in areas where a large number of people own dogs and where dog owners have shown willingness to invest in the welfare of their dogs.

Starting a dog training business can become something that will be profitable in a short while plus it has flexible start-up costs as the owner can decide to use little, or large funds depending on the scale in which he intends to start the business.

Dog trainers usually have vast experiences working with varying dogs and in different capacities, so it would be wise to have some sort of experience before starting this business.

As simple as the business looks, it is necessary for you to carry out a thorough research before starting this business so that you do not throw away your little financial investment. Asides from conducting a research on your dog training business, it would also be wise if you write a business plan as well.

A business plan might seem like a huge task for such a small business but it is highly necessary if you intend to run a successful dog training business. Your business plan need not be a huge affair, it can be a simple draft intended to guide you in making decisions during the course of running your business. Below is however a sample business plans for your dog training business:

1. Industry Overview

According to statistics, the united states of America has more than 77.5 million dogs, with the number projected to grow each year. This has also caused an increase in demand for dog training services. States such as New York and California have a large number of dogs and dog owners and so this makes it a thriving place for dog training businesses.

Data from the American Pet Product Association stated as at 2012, that those who spent on their pets in the United States of America, climbed to a new record revenue level of $53 billion dollars. Pet services, according to data of which dog training is a part of, generated $4.4 billion dollars in 2012, and the projection for the next several years shows a positive gain.

According to a 2015 survey, 65% of households in the United States of America own at least a pet, these amounts to over 300 million pets that need to be cared and catered for. The pet industry on its own has products and services (training, food, daycare, medical services, toys, and a whole lot of other services) on ground so as to keep these pets healthy, alive and happy.

Pets are being owned by all economic levels of households in the United States of America; however, households with higher incomes accounted for about 60% of the total money spent on pets.

Data from the American Pet Products Association (APPA) has revenue in the pet industry to be projected at $62.75 billion in 2016, which is an increase of over 4% from that of 2015. Since 2002, the average growth rate annually has been 5.4% and the revenue has been steadily growing over the last two decades.

The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) has states that the job growth for the pet industry is expected to be above average as it had been experiencing 11% growth from 2014 which was expected to last till 2024. Also, revenue for pet services grew from $5.41 billion in 2015 to $5.73 billion in 2016.

Baby boomers are not only spending on their pets according to statistics but pampering them as well. It has been found that spending for pets has peaked between the ages of 55 and 64. Also, millennials (those born between 1985 – 2010) who have disposable income are also spending for and spoiling their pets.

The pet industry has continued to grow even during major economic downturns, which shows that the industry has a huge advantage over others.

2. Executive Summary

Woofy Dog Training Services is a standard dog training business in San Francisco – California, USA and intends to ensure that customers who owned dogs are offered training services as well as other services, such as dog sitting, grooming and so on for their dogs.

We also intend to offer consultancy and advisory services to those who intend to start the business but do not possess the know-how. Our vision is to ensure that we become the preferred dog training service here in San Francisco – California and also the top six dog training business in the whole United States of America by 2022.

To attain our vision and objectives, we have ensured that only the best professionals = from management staff to the low end staff – have been hired by us. This shows how willing we are to go the extra mile in ensuring that we lay a solid foundation in our business structure.

Our staff will not only be the best paid employees across the industry amongst similar start-ups, but they will also undergo training and performance appraisals to ensure that their skills as well as their productivity are enhanced. We know how important having a good location that is convenient for our customers is and so we have chosen a very strategic location that is not only convenient for our customers but also our employees as well.

We abhor cruelty to animals and indeed pets and so we will ensure that we hold ourselves and employees to that standard of not applying cruelty to the dogs in which we will be training. Also, we believe in achieving customer excellence and due to this, we intend to train our customer care executives in the act of answering and handling our customers – the dog owners.

While Bill Trump holds a Doctorate degree in Certified Applied Animal Behavior with clinical work for the past 10 years focused on behavioral problems in dogs; his wife Maggie holds a Masters in Business Administration from a prestigious school. The two who love dogs also have several dog training certifications and experience in this industry, and will therefore bring their experience and expertise to bear in this business.

3. Our Products and Services

Woofy Dog Training Service is an established dog training service that intends to offer all our customers and their dogs varied services in a bid to make their experience at our company a delightful one.

The reason why we intend to offer other services in addition to our main service is so as not to be able to attract more customers in our target market to our business but also boost our sources of income thereby ensuring that we have a healthy bottom line.

Our offering of other services will however be in line with the permissible laws of the United States of America. Therefore some of the products and services we intend to offer are:

  • Boarding kernel
  • Doggie day care
  • Dog walkers
  • Pet sitters
  • Dog show handlers
  • Pooper Scooper
  • Pet boutique
  • Consultancy and advisory services

4. Our Mission and Vision Statement

  • Our vision is to be the preferred dog trainer in California and amongst the top six dog training business in United States of America by 2022.
  • Our mission is to ensure that we will meet the demands and preferences of our customers by offering different services in our dog training business for our various customers here in California.

Our Business Structure

No matter how low scaled a business is, having the right business structure is very important, and so at Woofy Dog Training Service, we are committed to ensuring that we get it right from the beginning by hiring employees who are not only dedicated and hard working to handle all the various positions in our company, but also committed to the company’s true vision and objectives.

Because we want only what’s best for Woofy Dog Training Services, we are ready to ensure that we not only correctly source the right individuals for the different available positions but that we also pay the right amount that will not only keep them committed but also improve their productivity and invariably boost out bottom line.

We intend to ensure that our management staff are those with vast experience and have the required knowledge that is necessary to ensure that we attain our goals and objectives and also be able to communicate these values not only to the employees under them but also to customers of Woofy Dog Training Services as well. Therefore, below is the business structure we intend building for Woofy Dog Training Services;

Chief Executive Officer

Admin and Human Resource Manager

Dog Trainer Supervisor

Marketing Team

Accountants/Cashiers

Customer Service Executives

Purchasing Manager

Security Guard

5. Job Roles and Responsibilities

  • In charge of making strategic decisions on behalf of the company
  • Drafts and ensures company policies are understood and implemented by the employees
  • Evaluates the success of Woofy Dog Training Service
  • In charge of recruiting competent employees on behalf of the company
  • Reviews employees work rate by carrying out regular performance appraisals
  • Ensures that the administration of the company runs smoothly
  • In charge of all the dog trainers in the facility
  • Reviews dog training methods and changes ineffective or inappropriate ones
  • Remains updated about happenings in the industry for the benefit of the company
  • Responsible for conducting market research that will identify new target market
  • Drafts and implements marketing strategies on behalf of organization
  • Promotes the company via its social media platforms and official website
  • In charge of invoices and dispensing cash to be used within the office
  • Prepares financial statements and records on behalf of the company
  • Ensures that tax is adequately prepared and submitted to the tax authorities
  • In charge of answering customers’ enquiries and resolving complaints
  • Keeps and updates an accurate customer database on behalf of the company
  • Carries out any other duty as might be determined by the Human resources manager
  • In charge of ensuring adequate supplies of items at Woofy Dog Training Services
  • Liaises with reliable vendors and distributors and keeps a mutually satisfying relationship with them
  • Prepares and reviews contracts for vendors and suppliers
  • Ensures that all within the premises – people and property – are safe during work hours
  • Keeps guard over facility after work hours
  • Conducts all the ferrying of the dogs to and fro the facility
  • Carries out light maintenance on vehicle and reports major faults to appropriate quarters
  • Carries out any other duties as might be determined by the Human resources manager
  • Ensures that the facility is kept hygienically clean at all times
  • Ensures that the rest rooms are kept neat for visitors and employees
  • Carries out any other duties as determined by the Human Resources  manager

6. SWOT Analysis

Due to our need to start off on the right foundation, we got the best consultant here in California who had an experience of this industry to look through our business concept and determine if it was worth the time and effort we were willing to put into it.

To ensure that the results were accurate enough, our consultant made use of the SWOT ( Strength, Weakness, Opportunities, and Threats ) analysis to determine if the business was worth going into and if we were likely to succeed going into the business.

Below is the of the results from the SWOT Analysis that were conducted on behalf of Woofy Dog Training Service:

Our strength lies in the fact that we will be offering our customers other services in addition to our core service – dog training so as to be able to meet up with our customers varying needs whilst also attracting more customers to our business.

Another factor that is to our advantage is that we have well qualified staff that will ensure that the business attains its original goals and objectives here in California as well as the whole of the United States of America. Another huge strength in our favor is the husband and wife tea, Bill and Maggie Trump who are dog lovers and have several certifications as well as years of business.

California is a city after New York, where there are a lot of dog owners and dogs, which means that there are enough dog training services here in California making the market seem saturated and posing a challenge for us who intend to make an impact into this business. Regardless of the fact that our location might be our weakness, we are confident that grand opening party will pave the way for us to penetrate and grab a fair share of the market.

  • Opportunities

The opportunities available to us as a business intending to make an impression are limitless as we intend to continually re-innovate our services so as to differentiate us from other dog training services. Also, we intend to offer consultancy and advocacy services as well as franchises for those who intend to start up newly in this business and have no inkling what to do.

The threats we are likely to face while starting or running a dog training business are, liability as the dogs might damage property while undergoing training; new competitors are likely to crop up in our location making it more difficult for us to hold onto our market share as they will compete with us for a share of the market.

Another threat is an economic downturn that will likely affect how dog owners spend on their dogs. As a business, we are aware of the fact that threats will crop up but we are also confident and optimistic that our laid down proactive strategies will combat any threat that might likely occur.

7. MARKET ANALYSIS

  • Market Trends

Generally, this business is one that can be started with low capital as money for overhead is very low. Generally trainers rarely have a physical location to operate their dog training business; instead they travel to the homes of clients or go to boarding facilities for dogs in order to provide their services.

Also, asides from not needing to rent a physical location in which to start the business, there is also little investment that is needed in order to buy the equipment necessary to ensure that the business is being run efficiently. If you need to acquire any extra equipment at all, this might include a few extra leashes, dog treats, clickers as well as other aids that can assist in training the dogs.

Another trend is on the pricing structure where dog training rates are usually within same range in the same location, so as to make it easier to compete. However, those who tended to offer special discounted rates or give out a free session were those who were new trainers and did that in order to attract clients and grow the business.

Also, the rates for dog trainers usually fall in between the half-hourly and hourly rates especially when it is a private lesson. The rates are also lowered for group training classes.

Finally, the last trend is the use of the internet, which has been used as a major tool of penetrating the market and attracting new customers from the target market, whilst also communicating the core values of the brand via publicity through its social media platforms.

Dog training services especially those that operated from home knows how powerful deploying the internet effectively can be. Furthermore, , dog trainers’ network with kernel boarding facilities, pet boutiques and groomers, so as to be able to source for clients for their dog training business.

8. Our Target Market

Even though plenty households in the United States of America own dogs as pet and California and New York are amongst states where the highest owners of dogs and dogs themselves live, thereby spiking the demand for dog training services in this area; we still however cannot limit our target market to just households, especially here in California.

It is for this reason that we conducted a thorough market research on this industry so as to be able to garner accurate facts and data that would allow us correctly predict what our customers and the target market would be expecting from us, which would allow us better draft strategies that would serve them better.

We are therefore in business to offer our dog training services to the following groups of people here in California;

  • Corporate Executives
  • Business people
  • Celebrities and important personalities
  • Sports men and women
  • Boarding facilities

Our competitive advantage

Our vision when starting Woofy Dog Training service was so that we could be the preferred dog training business here in California and also amongst the top six in the whole United States of America by 2022. To achieve this vision, we know how necessary it is for us to come up with competitive advantage strategies that will stand us apart from other dog training businesses here in California.

First off, we are going to ensure that we offer training services mixed with other dog services for our customers, as this will allow us attract and grab a better share of the target market.

Another competitive strategy is the fact that we have hired the right management staff for our company that are not knowledgeable and have vast experience but one that knows our core values as a business and also knows understands how to bring the business up from scratch to become something to be reckoned with.

We intend to ensure that our customer service executives are adequately trained to handle all our customer’s enquiries and complaints and ensure that all are promptly resolved on behalf of the organization. Asides our management staff, we intend to ensure that all our employees are adequately trained, paid and have welfare packages that are the best amongst similar dog training start-ups here in California.

9. SALES AND MARKETING STRATEGY

  • Sources of Income

Woofy Dog Training Service is a business that has been established with the aim of making profit and favorably competing with other such businesses in the pet industry in California and in the United States of America. We intend to offer different services to all the dogs of our various customers here in California as well as all over United States of America.

Therefore the sources of income we intend to generate at Woofy Dog Trainers are:

10. Sales Forecast

According to the American Pet Association, dogs are amongst the top three pets owned by most Americans, which means that demand for dog training services will continually surge.

California is one of the two top cities that have the most dog owners and dogs, which makes it a good enough place for us to not only generate enough income for our business but also start to make profit that will grow our business from the second year into the business.

The sales projections were done after much critical evaluation conducted by us as well as by a sales expert familiar with this industry. The sales expert was able to come up with this reliable forecast after gathering accurate data from similar start-ups here in California.

Below is the expected sales projection for Woofy Dog Training Services based on present data that is deemed reliable:

  • First Fiscal Year-: $200,000
  • Second Fiscal Year-: $400,000
  • Third Fiscal Year-: $800,000

N.B: It should be noted that the above projections were done with available data and information that was obtained from the pet industry at the time and that was deemed accurate. The projections were done on the assumptions that the love and ownership for dogs would not decline, there won’t be any major competitors and that there won’t be a major economic meltdown to warrant customers not having enough to spend extra for their dogs. Any change in the above factors is likely to affect the sales projections figures to go up or down.

  • Marketing Strategy and Sales Strategy

Marketing is a very important aspect of any business as it does the purpose of ensuring that money is generated for the business whilst also creating awareness for the business. However, to be able to draft effective marketing strategies for Woofy Dog Training Services, we intend to first conduct a critical and thorough marketing survey that will allow us best understand the market we intend going into and how best we would penetrate it.

Carrying out this market survey required us sourcing and getting reliable and detailed data so as to get an accurate result from our market survey, which will allow us compete against other dog training service businesses here in California.

To help us in conducting this market research, we hired a marketing expert who is not only reputable but has a deep understanding of the pet industry and what it would take to be able to penetrate the target market for customers who owned and cared for their dogs. The expert has already come up with strategies that will allow us get a large percentage of the market here in California.

Also, our marketing tea have not been out of the picture, as they have been empowered to draft, modify or review and implement effective marketing strategies to sell our services as well as products on behalf of Woofy Dog Training Service.

Marketing has however evolved digitally due to changing times, as few people are relying less on the word of mouth direct marketing and instead using the search engine or social media platforms to make their findings. And so, if you are looking to survive in this new age, you will need to ensure that you build a website for your dog training business and also get an Search Engine Optimization (SEO) expert to help you with ensuring that your website pops up on search engine when people are searching for anything related to dog training service.

Therefore, at Woofy Dog Training Service intends to adopt the following marketing and sales approach towards selling our products and services;

  • Word-of-mouth or direct marketing
  • Launching of a website with unique colors and logos to market our dog training services
  • Place ads in local newspapers and magazines as well as on radio and television stations here in California
  • Print fliers and distribute it in target areas to dog owners and lovers
  • Network with dog walkers and veterinary clinics to get information about potential clients
  • Ask customers for reciprocal referrals and give discounts for those who do
  • Start our business with a huge bang by throwing a dog costume themed party for dog and in extension pet owners here in California so as to create awareness
  • Leverage on social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and Instagram to market our dog training services
  • Ensure that our dog training business is listed in local directories

11. Publicity and Advertising Strategy

No matter what kind of business one intends to go into, ensuring that one drafts and implements effective publicity and advertising strategy is very important. Also, offering publicity for our Woofy Dog Training Services will ensure that we are able to not only attract the intended customers we seek but also to compete favorably against other competitors in the market place.

There are several things that boosts the success chances of a publicity strategy and we at Woofy Dog Training Services intends to exploit these factors for the benefit of our company here in California and so as to be able to achieve our vision and objectives in the United States of America by 2022. We also intend to combine several factors in ensuring that we publicize and advertise our dog training business successfully.

Below are the publicity and advertising strategies we intend to use in promoting and communicating our Woofy Dog Training Business to customers.

  • Sending out newsletters and coupons to customers – existing and potential
  • Print business cards with relevant information and logo and distribute in relevant areas
  • Place adverts in local newspapers, magazines as well as on local radio and television stations
  • Attend dog fairs and events and create awareness for Woofy Dog Training Services
  • Sponsor dog events and other related dog programs in local community
  • Distribute our fliers in target locations and also paste in legal conspicuous places
  • Ensure that we print customized tee-shirts for all our employees here at Woofy Dog Training Services

12. Our Pricing Strategy

Before deciding on the pricing strategy for our dog training business, we would need to conduct a thorough market research on what other dog training centers are offering their customers. Normally, trainers usually offer rates depending on the services required from customers, and so we would ensure that we offer various packages that would require different rates for our customers.

However, because we are just starting this business newly, we intend to offer prices that were slightly lower than that of our competitors in the first six months of business. Our lower rates will however still be within comparable range of existing businesses so that we do not run our business at a loss. We have carried out a detailed strategy and seen that this will encourage more customers to patronize our business.

  • Payment Options

Woofy Dog Training Services intends to operate a payment policy that will suit all our different customers and whatever paying options they might prefer in paying for services offered them by our company. Therefore, the payment options we intend to offer our various customers are;

  • Cash payment
  • Payment via credit card
  • Payment via check
  • Payment via Point of Sale (POS) Machine

The above payment option platforms were carefully chosen by our bank for our target market, and we have been assured that the platforms will run without any hitches.

13. Startup Expenditure (Budget)

Even though the dog training business is not seen as a capital intensive business for any entrepreneur that wants to go into such business, it still however needs to generate capital to be successfully operational in its first few months of business and sort overhead expenses especially if it intends to rent a facility and employ staff as well as pay certain utility bills that will be incurred during the process of running the business.

Therefore the key areas where we intend to spend our start-up capital on at Woofy Dog Training Services include;

  • Fee for registering the business here in the United States of America – $750
  • Licenses and permits, accounting software as well as other legal expenses incurred during the registration process – $1250
  • Cost of hiring a business consultant – $2,000
  • Insurance coverage (General liability, property insurance, and workers’ compensation) – $4,000
  • Cost of purchasing start-up equipment in bulk (such as leashes, clickers, dog treats as well as other dog aid training materials) – $10,000
  • Cost of leasing and renovating a facility for dog training business for at least a year – $33,000
  • Marketing and publicity expenses (for grand opening party as well as normal business operations) – $5,000
  • Operational cost for the first six months of running the business (employee salaries, payment of bills) – $100,000
  • Other start-up expenses which includes furniture, stationeries, phone, and computer – $5,500
  • Cost of purchasing an official vehicle – $30,000
  • Cost of launching a website – $500
  • Cost of throwing a grand opening party – $3,000
  • Other miscellaneous expenses – $5,000

From the above calculations, we would need an estimate of $200,000 if we intend to fully start and successfully run our dog training business here in California. It should be noted that the half of the start-up capital will be used to pay the salaries of our employees as well as pay certain utility bills that would be incurred during the months of operation.

Generating Funding / Startup Capital for Woofy Dog Training Business

Woofy Dog Training Services is a business owned and run by husband and wife, Bill and Maggie Trump. This is a family business and as such we do not intend to have any external partner which is the major reason why our sources of generating capital have been limited to three.

Therefore the areas which we intend to source for capital for our dog training business are:

  • Generate part of start-up capital from personal savings
  • Sourcing for soft loan from wealthy family members and friends
  • Applying for loan from the bank

N.B: From our personal savings, we were able to generate the sum of about $30,000 . The soft loans from our wealthy friends and family members amounted to $40,000. We approached the bank several months bank for a loan of $130,000 and after submitting several paper works; we have not only been approved for a loan but the amount will at any moment from now be credited to our business account.

14. Sustainability and Expansion Strategy

Establishing a business whose intention is to make profit and compete favorably with its competitors is just one aspect of running a business, ensuring that the business is sustained and even expanded later is another aspect that requires certain strategies, such as employees’ competence, customer loyalty as well as well as re-innovation of services strategies.

Any business that wants to remain in existence for a long time has to see to it that they employ staffs that are competent and knowledgeable enough about the business’ objectives to be able to bring it to fruition. This is why it is very important that we employ only the best hands for our dog training services from the management staff down to our trainers and other low end staff.

We intend to not only pay our workers well but also continually see to it that they undergo training every now and then that will not only enhance their skill but improve productivity for the company as well. Another aspect we intend to look into whilst implementing our sustainability and expansion strategies include ensuring that we keep our customers happy and satisfied with our services as this will ensure that they remain loyal to us.

We will continually improve on the services we offer our clients and will endeavor to listen to and act on feedback. We will also give our loyal customers discounts for every referral they bring our way, this way; we seal our customers’ loyalty to us.

Finally, we intend to ensure that our services are continually reviewed and re-innovated as this will ensure that we continue to have an edge over our competitors. With these ways, we are sure that we will comfortably be able to sustain and then expand our own business at our own pace.

Check List / Milestone

  • Business Name Availability Check: Completed
  • Business Registration: Completed
  • Opening of Corporate Bank Accounts: Completed
  • Securing Point of Sales (POS) Machines: Completed
  • Opening Mobile Money Accounts: Completed
  • Opening Online Payment Platforms: Completed
  • Application and Obtaining Tax Payer’s ID: In Progress
  • Application for business license and permit: Completed
  • Purchase of Insurance for the Business: Completed
  • Conducting feasibility studies: Completed
  • Generating capital from family members: Completed
  • Applications for Loan from the bank: In Progress
  • writing of business plan: Completed
  • Drafting of Employee’s Handbook: Completed
  • Drafting of Contract Documents and other relevant Legal Documents: In Progress
  • Design of The Company’s Logo: Completed
  • Graphic Designs and Printing of Packaging Marketing / Promotional Materials: In Progress
  • Recruitment of employees: In Progress
  • Creating Official Website for the Company: In Progress
  • Creating Awareness for the business both online and around the community: In Progress
  • Health and Safety and Fire Safety Arrangement (License): Secured
  • Opening party / launching party planning: In Progress
  • Establishing business relationship with vendors – wholesale suppliers / merchants: In Progress
  • Purchase of trucks: Completed

More on Pet

wisebusinessplans logo

  • Customer Reviews
  • Net 30 Account
  • Wise Services
  • Steps & Timeline
  • Work at a Glance
  • Market Research at a Glance
  • Business Plan Writing Services
  • Bank Business Plan
  • Investor Business Plan
  • Franchise Business Plan
  • Cannabis Business Plan
  • Strategic Business Plan
  • Corporate Business Plan
  • Merge and Acquisition Business Plan (M&A)
  • Private Placement Memorandums (PPM)
  • Sample Business Plans
  • Professional Feasibility Study
  • PowerPoint Presentations
  • Pitch Deck Presentation Services
  • Business Plan Printing
  • Market Research
  • L-1 Business Plan
  • E-2 Business Plan
  • EB-5 Business Plan
  • EB-5 Regional Centers
  • Immigration Attorneys
  • Nonprofit Business Plan
  • Exit Business Planning
  • Business Planning
  • Business Formation
  • Business License
  • Business Website
  • Business Branding
  • Business Bank Account
  • Digital Marketing
  • Business Funding Resources
  • Small Business Loans
  • Venture Capital
  • Net 30 Apply

Wise Business plans logo

Starting A Dog Training Business From Home

The service dog training community has now become an important and fast-growing part of the dog training market, due to an increase in the public interest and an expanded need for dogs trained to meet specific assistance requirements of clients.

U.S. dog training professionals, in an ongoing effort to keep up with the latest methods and techniques, are currently looking at options to further research and acquire business capital.

Wise Business Plans Offering free dog training business plan to entrepreneurs, a long-time leader in the global business planning industry, supports dog training entrepreneurs with in-depth market analysis and consumer trends data to assist dog trainers in remaining solvent and meeting future profit margins.

How to Start a Dog Training Business

How to start a dog training business

The majority of dog owners either don’t know how to train their dogs effectively or don’t have the time to do it. Dog training businesses offer dog owners a convenient, safe, and efficient method to train their canines. A business may be located in the home or in a commercial space, or a trainer may visit clients in their homes. If you want to start a dog training business, here are some simple steps

1. Create Your Dog Training Business Plan

When you start a new business , having a plan can save you a lot of headaches down the road. Business plans outline the company’s objectives and goals. You can use a business plan for inspiration. The plan should outline your products or services, as well as budget requirements.

Do You Need Help in Creating a Dog Training Business Plan?

Our clients no longer have to worry about the complexities of writing a professional business plan. Our MBA-qualified business plan writers have written over 15000+ business plans for over 400 industries in over a decade.

Let our professional business plan writers help you get funding

2. Make Your Business Valuable

Take pride in your knowledge and skills. Selling yourself and your packages requires you to become an excellent salesperson. No matter how new you are to your profession, you should charge professional rates. People value money over everything else.

3. Be A Professional

Have confidence in yourself as the dog trainer. You help people because they need help in this area, which is your expertise. When it comes to dogs and their owners, you know what is best for them. Don’t be afraid to say “no”.

4. Get a Business License and Permits

If you want to open a business, you’ll need permission from your state. For example, you probably need a business license . Depending on your local government, you may also need a license and other permits.

Do You Need a License for Dog Training Business?

Licenses for businesses can be complex to obtain. A wise business plan makes it effortless for you to acquire a dog training business license.

Let Wise Business Plans help you to Get your License for Dog Training Business

5. Pursue a Dog Training Certificate

You need to pursue a dog training certificate before you start your business. However, a certificate program can give you the expertise you might not otherwise obtain through work experience. You can also advertise that you are a certified dog trainer.

6. Gain Experience with Dogs

Before starting your own dog training business, you should spend a lot of time with dogs. All dog trainers have at least had some training experience prior to starting their business. Here are some ways to gain experience.

  • dog groomer
  • dog show handler

7. Form a Legal Entity

The process of registering a dog training business is similar to registering any other type of business. In general, sole proprietorships , partnerships, limited liability companies (LLCs) , and corporations are the most commonly used types of business entities. No matter what type of business structure you choose for the business, the processes and requirements are the same.

Need to Register a Dog Training Business?

We at Wise Business Plans provide you with a wide range of business formation services for incorporating a business in a way that makes the process easy and allows you to stay focused on other important tasks.

Register Your Dog Training Business Now

How much does it Cost to Start a Dog Training Business?

The average cost to start a dog daycare business can range from $10,000 to $40,000, the average expense of a commercial rent is $4,500 each month however can run as low as $3,000 and as high as $7,500 each month. Lease expenses vary according to the size of the area covered, the features of the facility, and so forth.

Is Dog Training Profitable?

The simple answer is Yes. The profitability of dog daycare is on the rise as compared to other pet franchises as Dog training services are in high demand as pet owners keep on exhibiting a willingness to invest in the well-being of their animals.

Having a Well Trained Dog is a Good Choice

association of professional dog trainers,dog training business plan

Dog Training Business Plan by Wise Business Plans

“Obedience and safety are important foundations of dog obedience training school and knowing that your pet or working dog has been effectively trained in these areas will make your dog a better citizen and a more reliable companion,” said Joseph Ferriolo, Director of Wise Business Plans.

“At Wise, we believe in effective training and have a team of professionals that constantly researches, trains, and works to efficiently complete free dog training business plan professionals that will meet individual client needs in a timely and courteous manner.”

The Wise Business Planning team of experts utilizes careful market research on many levels, and an understanding of both the client base and potential sources of continuing cash flow , to formulate an individual outline for achieving success.

Other Major Business Services for Dog Training Business

Starting a dog training business? Wise business plans offer you a quick and easy guide to start your own dog training business , as well as assistance in every step along the way from funding to registering or licensing a business entity, branding, and marketing. Following are our main services

  • LLC, S Corporation and NonProfit Business Formation
  • Tax ID Number
  • Business Website Design
  • Business and Digital Marketing
  • Small business loan
  • Business Credit Cards
  • Logo Business Branding

Wise business plans also offer a  net 30 account application . If you buy products on a Net-30 account, you have 30 days after the purchase date to pay the full bill. Having a Net 30 account can also make managing your business finances easier.  Apply for your net 30 business accounts now

Yes, starting a dog training business from home is possible. Many successful dog trainers operate their businesses from home, utilizing their indoor or outdoor spaces for training sessions.

While formal certifications or qualifications are not always mandatory, obtaining relevant certifications or completing dog training courses can enhance your credibility and demonstrate your expertise to clients.

The necessary equipment and supplies for a dog training business may include treats, training aids (such as clickers or target sticks), leashes, collars, agility equipment (if offering agility training), training mats, and a secure and suitable training area.

Effective marketing strategies for attracting clients may include creating a professional website, utilizing social media platforms, offering free or discounted introductory sessions, partnering with local pet-related businesses, and leveraging positive client testimonials and reviews.

Training programs or classes should be tailored to the needs of the dogs and their owners. They may include basic obedience training, socialization, behavior modification, puppy training, or specialized training for specific activities (e.g., agility, scent work). Clear learning objectives, structured curriculum, and progressive training techniques are essential.

Quick Links

Made in USA

  • Investor Business Plans
  • M&A Business Plan
  • Private Placement
  • Feasibility Study
  • Hire a Business Plan Writer
  • Business Valuation Calculator
  • Business Plan Examples
  • Real Estate Business Plan
  • Business Plan Template
  • Business Plan Pricing Guide
  • Business Plan Makeover
  • SBA Loans, Bank Funding & Business Credit
  • Finding & Qualifying for Business Grants
  • Leadership for the New Manager
  • Content Marketing for Beginners
  • All About Crowdfunding
  • EB-5 Regional Centers, A Step-By-Step Guide
  • Logo Designer
  • Landing Page
  • PPC Advertising

Wise Business Plan New Logo White

  • Business Entity
  • Business Licensing
  • Virtual Assistant
  • Business Phone
  • Business Address
  • E-1 Visa Business Plan
  • EB1-A Visa Business Plan
  • EB1-C Visa Business Plan
  • EB2-NIW Business Plan
  • H1B Visa Business Plan
  • O1 Visa Business Plan
  • Business Brokers
  • Merger & Acquisition Advisors
  • Franchisors

Proud Sponsor of

  • 1-800-496-1056

US flag

  • (613) 800-0227

Canada flag

  • +44 (1549) 409190

UK flag

  • +61 (2) 72510077

Australia flag

BusinessPlanTemplate.com - The World's Leading Business Plan Template Directory

Dog Training Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]

 width=

Dog Training Business Plan Template

If you want to start a successful dog training business or expand your current dog training services, you need a business plan.

Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of dog training business plans.

The following dog training business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.

You can download our Ultimate Business Plan Template (including a full, customizable financial model) to your computer here.  

Dog Training Business Plan Example

I. executive summary, business overview.

[Company Name] is a new dog training business located in [Location]. We provide several dog training services to help dogs of every age and breed reach their full potential. Our company provides multiple training services to do this, including puppy training, trick and basic command training, and behavioral training. We offer group classes, private sessions, and remote training options for all of our programs.

[Company Name] is founded by [Founder’s Name], who is an avid dog lover and experienced dog trainer. She has raised dogs her entire life and has worked at several dog shelters, vet clinics, and dog training businesses. Her expertise, experience, and knowledge makes her the company’s most valuable asset.

Products Served

[Company Name] will provide training service to dogs of all breeds and ages. There are a variety of concerns that come with raising a dog, meaning there are multiple reasons a dog may need training. To reach the widest demographic possible we offer three training services: puppy training, trick/command training, and behavioral training.

Customer Focus

[Company Name] will primarily serve the residents within a ten mile radius of our location. The demographics of these customers are as follows:

  • 53,128 residents
  • Average income of $72,500
  • 43.1% married
  • 55.2% in Mgt./Professional occupations
  • Median age: 35 years
  • 42% pet ownership

Management Team

[Company Name] is led by [Company Name] who has worked with dogs for her entire career. She has worked in several settings with dogs, including vet clinics, kennels, shelters, and other dog training facilities. [Founder’s Name] has extensive experience training dogs and a thorough knowledge of the most effective training techniques in the industry. Her expertise will be the company’s most valuable asset.

Success Factors

[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:

  • Our location is in a high-volume area with easy access from multiple residential and commercial district areas.
  • The management team has a track record of success in dog training services.
  • Dog training is a proven business and has succeeded in different communities throughout the United States.

Financial Highlights

[Company Name] is currently seeking $400,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:

  • Location design/build: $200,000
  • Equipment and supplies: $50,000
  • Working capital: $150,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Financial SummaryFY 1FY 2FY 3FY 4FY 5
Revenue$560,401 $782,152 $1,069,331 $1,379,434 $1,699,644
Total Expenses$328,233 $391,429 $552,149 $696,577 $776,687
EBITDA$232,168 $390,722 $517,182 $682,858 $922,956
Depreciation$7,000 $7,000 $7,000 $7,000 $7,000
EBIT$225,168 $383,722 $510,182 $675,858 $915,956
Interest$6,016 $5,264 $4,512 $3,760 $3,008
Pre Tax Income$219,152 $378,458 $505,670 $672,098 $912,948
Income Tax Expense$76,703 $132,460 $176,985 $235,234 $319,532
Net Income$142,449 $245,998 $328,686 $436,864 $593,416
Net Profit Margin25%31%31%32%35%

II. Company Overview

You can download our Business Plan Template (including a full, customizable financial model) to your computer here.

Who is [Company Name]?

Our services ensure that we help train dogs through every phase of their life. This starts with our puppy training which helps with puppy basics such as socialization, potty training, and crate training. Next, we offer trick and command training to adult dogs who need to learn certain commands or tricks. Finally, we offer behavioral training to address unusual behavioral and disobedience concerns in dogs of all ages.

[Company Name] is founded by [Founder’s Name] who has been working with dogs here entire life. Her career has consisted of working at vet clinics, animal shelters, and other dog training companies. Her considerable experience and knowledge of dog training techniques makes her the perfect candidate to lead our company.

[Company Name]’s History

After surveying the local customer base, and finding a potential location, [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as an S-Corporation on [date of incorporation].

Currently, the business is being run out of [Founder’s Name] home office, but once the lease on [Company Name]’s location is finalized, all operations will be run from there.

Since incorporation, [Company Name] has achieved the following milestones:

  • Found a commercial space and signed Letter of Intent to lease it
  • Developed the company’s name, logo, social media accounts, and website located at [website]
  • Determined equipment and fixture requirements
  • Began recruiting key employees

[Company Name]’s Products/Services

We offer three types of dog training services.

Puppy training : This is a service offered to those who just adopted a new puppy. Training includes potty training, socialization with other pups, getting used to human touch, and learning to be calm.

Trick training : This is a more specialized service depending on the tricks and commands that our clients want their dogs to learn. These commands can be as simple as learning to sit or stay or be more fun such as rolling over or shaking hands.

Behavioral training : Not all dogs immediately behave well. This is especially true when dogs are adopted from shelters and have had negative prior living experiences These experiences can cause them to be extremely aggressive or overlay anxious. Behavioral training teaches dogs to respond more positively to humans and other pets. Though most of these services are private to address specific concerns, we also offer group classes that help dogs become positively socialized with other canines.

III. Industry Analysis

You can download our Business Plan Template (including a full, customizable financial model) to your computer here. Basic training is essential to make sure that a new pet acclimates well into their new home. Though many owners successfully train their pets on their own, it can still be a difficult process that can be improved by the help of professionals. This is especially true for pet owners who don’t have the time to train their pets or owners who have pets with behavioral issues.

There are many different types of dog training services, with the most popular services being puppy training and obedience training. Puppy training ensures a new puppy masters the basics of living in a new home and includes potty training, socialization training, and crate training. Obedience training ensures that a young or adult dog remains obedient to their human. These services include leash training, basic commands, and learning to stay focused and calm in all situations.

According to Allied Market Research, the pet training services market was valued at $3.83 billion in 2021 and is projected to grow at a CAGR of 6% from now until 2031. This shows that many pet owners still require the services of dog trainers to help their dogs reach their fullest potential. Therefore, this is a perfect time to start a dog training business.

IV. Customer Analysis

Demographic profile of target market.

[Company Name] will serve the community residents of [Location] and its surrounding areas. The community has a high pet ownership rate and favors owning dogs over other animals. The community will benefit from another dog training company.

Customer Segmentation

[Company Name] will primarily target dog owners in the area. This can include people who have just adopted a new puppy as well as people who have had dogs for several years.

V. Competitive Analysis

Direct & indirect competitors.

The following establishments are located within a ten mile radius of [Company Name], thus providing either direct or indirect competition for customers:

Puppy Preschool Puppy Preschool is a dog training business that focuses on training newly adopted puppies. They offer all the services required for a puppy to get acclimated to their new home. These services include potty training, socialization with humans and other dogs, getting acclimated to human touch, learning basic commands (such as sit and stay), and crate training.

Happy Dog Training Services Happy Dog Training Services helps dog owners whose dogs are disobedient, aggressive, extremely anxious, or have other behavioral issues. The trainers utilize a multitude of services and methods to help dogs with these concerns. They not only help address the root of the behavioral issues but also help the humans learn how to better connect and work with their pets. These services are typically private, but classes are offered for dogs who may improve from socializing with other canines.

Canine Classroom Canine Classroom is a dog training school that focuses on teaching basic tricks and commands and addresses common obedience issues. Some of these services include leash training, crate training, basic commands (like sit and stay), and more. These services can either be private, remote, or in a class with other dogs for socialization.

Competitive Advantage

[Company Name] has several advantages over its competitors. The following are some of its major advantages:

  • Expert Trainers : [Company Name] only hires the best dog trainers who have excellent skills working with humans and dogs.
  • Great service at an affordable price : The services offered by [Company Name] are similar in quality to its most premium positioned competitors but offers more affordable prices.
  • Management : Our management team has years of dog training experience that allows us to market to and serve customers in a much more sophisticated manner than our competitors.

VI. Marketing Plan

The [company name] brand.

The [Company Name] brand will focus on the company’s unique value proposition:

  • Convenient location
  • Expert dog trainers
  • Moderate price point
  • Fun, energetic, and customer-focused environment

Promotions Strategy

[Company Name] expects its target market to be individuals working and/or living within a ten mile radius of its location.The following are [Company Name]’s promotions strategy to reach these individuals:

Website/SEO [Company Name] will develop a professional website that displays images and explanations of our training classes. It will also invest in SEO so that the company’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.

Social Media [Founder’s Name] will create the company’s social media accounts and invest in ads on all social media platforms. The company will use targeted marketing to appeal to our target demographics.

Direct Mail [Company Name] will blanket neighborhoods surrounding its locations with direct mail pieces. These pieces will offer discounts and/or provide other inducements for people to try out our services.

Local Publications [Company Name] will announce its opening several weeks in advance through publicity pieces in multiple local newspapers and publications. Advertisements will also run to maintain exposure to relevant markets. Community newspapers, school publications, youth sports programs, and similar channels will be a major promotion effort.

Ongoing Customer Communications [Company Name] will maintain a website and publish a monthly email newsletter to tell customers about new services, classes, and basic dog training tips.

Publication Materials/Noticeboards Posters and flyers will be posted on public notice boards. To target a more specific audience, [Company Name] will also contact companies for permission to hand out flyers in their vicinity. These companies may include kennels, vet clinics, and pet stores.

Pricing Strategy

The pricing for [Company Name] will be moderate so customers will feel they receive great value when using our dog training services.

VII. Operations Plan

Functional roles.

In order to execute [Company Name]’s business model, the company needs to perform many functions, including the following:

Administrative Functions

  • Bookkeeping
  • Website maintenance
  • Hiring and training staff

Service Functions

  • Book appointments
  • Monitor dog behavior
  • Stock inventory and supplies
DateMilestone
[Date 1]Finalize lease agreement
[Date 2]Design and build out [Company Name]
[Date 3]Hire and train initial staff
[Date 4]Kickoff of promotional campaign
[Date 5]Launch [Company Name]
[Date 6]Reach break-even

VIII. Management Team

Management team members.

[Company Name] is led by [Company Name] who has worked with dogs for her entire career. She has spent the past twenty years working in various settings including, vet clinics, kennels, shelters, and other dog training facilities, giving her considerable experience in caring for and training canines. She is thoroughly educated in the most effective training methods, making her one of the best dog trainers in the area and our company’s most valuable asset.

Though [Founder’s Name] has never run her own business, she will hire several other staff to help her run the operations and other tasks she is unfamiliar with.

Hiring Plan

[Founder’s Name] will be the owner of [Company Name] and work as one of the trainers. In order to launch, the company needs to hire the following staff:

  • Dog Trainers (3 to start)
  • Receptionist (1 to start)
  • Maintenance Crew (2 to start)
  • Administrative Assistant (1 to start)

IX. Financial Plan

Revenue and cost drivers.

The [Company Name]’s revenues will come from the fees charged for providing dog training services.

The major cost drivers for the company will include overhead, labor expenses, supplies and inventory costs, and marketing expenses.

Capital Requirements and Use of Funds

Key assumptions.

Number of clients per dayPer location
FY 110
FY 215
FY 320
FY 425
FY 530

  5 Year Annual Income Statement

Year 1Year 2Year 3Year 4Year 5
Revenues
Product/Service A$151,200 $333,396 $367,569 $405,245 $446,783
Product/Service B$100,800 $222,264 $245,046 $270,163 $297,855
Total Revenues$252,000 $555,660 $612,615 $675,408 $744,638
Expenses & Costs
Cost of goods sold$57,960 $122,245 $122,523 $128,328 $134,035
Lease$60,000 $61,500 $63,038 $64,613 $66,229
Marketing$20,000 $25,000 $25,000 $25,000 $25,000
Salaries$133,890 $204,030 $224,943 $236,190 $248,000
Other Expenses$3,500 $4,000 $4,500 $5,000 $5,500
Total Expenses & Costs$271,850 $412,775 $435,504 $454,131 $473,263
EBITDA($19,850)$142,885 $177,112 $221,277 $271,374
Depreciation$36,960 $36,960 $36,960 $36,960 $36,960
EBIT($56,810)$105,925 $140,152 $184,317 $234,414
Interest$23,621 $20,668 $17,716 $14,763 $11,810
PRETAX INCOME($80,431)$85,257 $122,436 $169,554 $222,604
Net Operating Loss($80,431)($80,431)$0$0$0
Income Tax Expense$0$1,689 $42,853 $59,344 $77,911
NET INCOME($80,431)$83,568 $79,583 $110,210 $144,693
Net Profit Margin (%)-15.00%13.00%16.30%19.40%
Year 1Year 2Year 3Year 4Year 5
ASSETS
Cash$16,710 $90,188 $158,957 $258,570 $392,389
Accounts receivable$0$0$0$0$0
Inventory$21,000 $23,153 $25,526 $28,142 $31,027
Total Current Assets$37,710 $113,340 $184,482 $286,712 $423,416
Fixed assets$246,450 $246,450 $246,450 $246,450 $246,450
Depreciation$36,960 $73,920 $110,880 $147,840 $184,800
Net fixed assets$209,490 $172,530 $135,570 $98,610 $61,650
TOTAL ASSETS$247,200 $285,870 $320,052 $385,322 $485,066
LIABILITIES & EQUITY
Debt$317,971 $272,546 $227,122 $181,698 $136,273
Accounts payable$9,660 $10,187 $10,210 $10,694 $11,170
Total Liabilities$327,631 $282,733 $237,332 $192,391 $147,443
Share Capital$0$0$0$0$0
Retained earnings($80,431)$3,137 $82,720 $192,930 $337,623
Total Equity($80,431)$3,137 $82,720 $192,930 $337,623
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY$247,200 $285,870 $320,052 $385,322 $485,066
Year 1Year 2Year 3Year 4Year 5
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS
Net Income (Loss)($80,431)$83,568 $79,583 $110,210 $144,693
Change in working capital($11,340)($1,625)($2,350)($2,133)($2,409)
Depreciation$36,960 $36,960 $36,960 $36,960 $36,960
Net Cash Flow from Operations($54,811)$118,902 $114,193 $145,037 $179,244
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS
Investment($246,450)$0$0$0$0
Net Cash Flow from Investments($246,450)$0$0$0$0
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING
Cash from equity$0$0$0$0$0
Cash from debt$317,971 ($45,424)($45,424)($45,424)($45,424)
Net Cash Flow from Financing$317,971 ($45,424)($45,424)($45,424)($45,424)
SUMMARY
Net Cash Flow$16,710 $73,478 $68,769 $99,613 $133,819
Cash at Beginning of Period$0$16,710 $90,188 $158,957 $258,570
Cash at End of Period$16,710 $90,188 $158,957 $258,570 $392,389

Comments are closed.

download business plan template

ClickCease

Setting up a Dog Training Business

All you need to know about starting and running your business.

In this article

What is a Dog Training Business?

Dog training involves purposefully modifying a dog’s behaviour using behaviour analysis and rewards to teach a dog specific skills and behaviours. The trainer works to change the dog’s natural or learned behaviour to stop the occurrence of undesirable behaviours. A dog trainer can also teach the dog to react to certain commands and cues or behave in a desired way independently.

Dog trainers train dogs to learn new behaviours or alter their existing behaviour. They also teach the dog’s owners how to train their dogs and reinforce any training, behaviours or skills the dogs have learned in the training session.

There are two main types of dog training that are used in different circumstances:

Obedience training

The most common type of dog training is obedience training. Obedience training involves teaching a dog to respond to commands, including verbal commands (such as come, sit, stay, lie down and wait) and hand signals. Obedience training is most commonly used with puppies, although it can also be beneficial for older dogs. More advanced obedience training can also be used for competition-level dogs. Obedience training also teaches dogs about boundaries, so they learn which actions or behaviours are never acceptable (e.g. never taking food off a plate or not pulling on the lead). For obedience training to be effective, the dog trainer and the owner must be consistent, so that the dog knows every time what is expected of them.

Obedience training typically involves reward-based training. This methodology builds on the idea that dogs are more likely to repeat positive behaviour if the behaviour is followed by a reward, such as:

  • Verbal praise.
  • Playing with a toy.
  • Physical attention, e.g. strokes and belly rubs.
  • Anything else that the dog finds rewarding.

Because this type of training creates an association in the dog’s mind between the behaviour and the reward, the dog is more likely to repeat the behaviour. Unlike other training methods, rewards-based training doesn’t punish negative behaviour. Instead, the trainer may withhold the reward or refuse to acknowledge the negative behaviour.

Behaviour training

Behaviour training is a type of dog training that is used to address negative behaviours that the dog has developed. In many cases, behaviour training focuses on the psychology of the issue, for example, why is the dog behaving in a certain way? Is a specific situation, stimuli or emotion (such as fear or anxiety) triggering the dog’s behaviour?

Instead of teaching the dog commands, behaviour training focuses on changing the dog’s responses to triggering conditions or stimuli. Behaviour training is particularly recommended for dogs that exhibit signs of aggression, stress or anxiety or that have inappropriate or worrying habits, for example, a dog that chews furniture when left home alone or barks at visitors to the home. Behaviour training teaches the dog how to behave or respond to stimuli, even if the owner is not present.

Dog trainers use their in-depth knowledge of dogs, their knowledge of dog psychology (e.g. why the dog may be behaving in a certain way) and their tried and tested training methods to help the dog become more obedient or to support the behaviour modification.

Training therapy dogs, service dogs or emotional support dogs

This is an increasingly popular type of dog training that focuses on dogs that are specially trained to help a person with a physical or intellectual disability, a mental health condition or a specific need. These types of dogs require extensive training to teach them how to perform certain tasks (such as guiding a person who is blind, alerting someone who is deaf to a noise, retrieving items or providing comfort). The dogs must be trained to behave appropriately in public, to ignore distractions and to perform tasks. Training a therapy, service or support dog can take between six months and two years.

Training working dogs

A working dog is a type of dog that is specially trained to complete specific jobs and tasks. This can include guard dogs, rescue dogs, detection dogs (e.g. for drugs or explosives) and police dogs. Working dogs must undergo extensive training and the trainer will need to be highly experienced.

Agility training

Dog agility is a type of sport where dogs must complete an obstacle course in a specific order and within a specified time limit. These obstacle courses are completed by the dog and its handler (usually the owner). It is therefore necessary for the owner to be the one training the dog to follow commands and complete the course. An agility trainer will focus on initially teaching the dogs how to complete the agility course and teaching the owners how to train the dogs in the most successful way.

There are many different responsibilities associated with running a dog training business. Although your day-to-day responsibilities can vary, depending on the type of training you specialise in and the dogs you work with, some of the responsibilities you can expect include:

  • Consulting with clients to discuss any specific behavioural concerns or training needs and establish training goals.
  • Developing training plans for each dog, based on their breed, personality, attributes and difficulties.
  • Recording and documenting all progress.
  • Identifying and overcoming behavioural issues in dogs.
  • Teaching dog owners how to follow effective training techniques and how to enforce and maintain the behaviours and skills that the dogs learned during the training sessions.
  • Teaching dogs to obey basic commands.
  • Reinforcing positive behaviour from the dogs throughout the training.
  • Teaching dogs (and their owners) how to complete an agility course.
  • Implementing training programmes to address any issues related to aggression, stress, separation anxiety or hyperactivity.
  • Performing on-leash and off-leash obedience training.
  • Observing dogs in their home environment.
  • Ensuring an up-to-date knowledge of dog behaviour, training and industry trends.
  • Maintaining open communication with the dog owners.
  • Training dogs for specific tasks, such as detecting drugs or assisting someone who is blind.
  • Scheduling appointments, verifying bookings and handling payments and invoices.
  • Interacting with all dogs using appropriate toys, equipment and activities.
  • Following dog introduction techniques for new dogs to your training class.
  • Assessing the overall physical health of the dogs and looking for signs of neglect or mistreatment.
  • Ensuring the training areas are clean, hygienic and free from mess or clutter.
  • Ensuring the safety and well-being of all dogs.
  • Purchasing and maintaining equipment and managing your equipment inventory.
  • Keeping up to date on health and safety regulations and ensuring your business complies with all health and safety regulations and legal guidelines.
  • Completing dog incident reports when required.
  • Completing business and administrative tasks.
  • Marketing and advertising.

Starting up a dog training business can be both financially lucrative and personally rewarding – particularly if you love dogs. As well as a solid business plan, to help your business succeed, there are certain skills and personal qualities that can be beneficial. Most important is a love for dogs, a strong knowledge of different dog breeds, dog training techniques and animal behaviour and strong dog handling skills. You will also need patience, effective communication skills (with both humans and animals), good problem-solving skills, organisation skills and the passion and enthusiasm to make your business succeed.

Types of Customers

When setting up your business, you will likely want to identify your typical customer base. Defining your target market makes it easier to focus on the specific customers who are most likely to pay for your services and determine exactly where and how to market your business.

As a dog business, your typical customer base will be made up of dogs and their owners. However, there are specific factors that can influence the types of customers that are more likely to choose your business.

Some of the factors that can influence your typical customer base include:

The type of dog training you specialise in

This is the most important factor in determining the type of customers that are likely to use your training services. The majority of dog training businesses specialise in a specific type of training, e.g. behaviour training, obedience training or specialist training for service dogs. Specific customers will be looking for a specific type of training. Consider the types of customers your chosen training is likely to attract when considering your typical customer base.

The location you operate in

This is another important factor in determining your typical customer base. The majority of dog owners choose a dog trainer that is conveniently located to their home and is easy for them to travel to. The types of customers that use your business will, therefore, be primarily made up of people who live or work in the local area.

Your pricing

This is another important factor. Dog owners can typically be separated into three pricing categories, determined by how much money they are willing to spend on their dog’s training:

  • Budget: Price is the most important factor for this type of customer. They will likely choose the dog trainer that offers training at the lowest price, with less focus on the facilities and equipment and your qualifications and experience.
  • Mid-range: Mid-market customers are usually looking for a combination of quality and affordability. Although price is important to them, it won’t be the only factor they consider. They will likely have a budget in mind but will still be looking for a trainer with extensive experience and a solid reputation.
  • High-end: This type of customer is willing to pay higher prices for the best possible service and the best equipment and facilities for their pet. They will likely look for a dog trainer that has superior facilities and equipment, offers a high level of training and has good qualifications and experience and an excellent reputation.

Your training, experience and qualifications

The more highly qualified and experienced you are, the more money you are able to charge. These factors can also impact the types of customers you attract.

Your facilities, equipment and activities

Many dog owners will likely look at the size of your facility, the equipment you use (e.g. agility equipment) and the activities you use to train the dogs. Consider all of these factors when setting up your training business and determining who is most likely to use your services.

Your reputation and customer reviews

This is another important factor that many people will look at. They may look at your customer reviews or choose a dog trainer based on recommendations.

Your reputation and reviews will likely be based on multiple factors, such as:

  • How effective the training was, both short-term and long-term.
  • Your treatment of the dogs and your relationship with the dogs (e.g. whether their dog likes you).
  • How you interacted and communicated with the dog owners.
  • Your pricing.

Dog Training Business Cartoon

Equipment You Will Need

Equipment is an essential purchase, as without it you will not be able to run your business. The type and amount of equipment you need will depend on your premises, the type of training you specialise in, the number of dogs you plan to train at one time and the services you offer.

Below is a list of equipment typically required by a dog training business:

Target sticks

A target training stick is a type of stick that has a clicker on one end and an object that is easily noticed by dogs (usually a colourful ball) on the other end. It is one of the most effective tools for training dogs. You will train the dogs to touch the stick with their nose and follow the stick, which can be effective in teaching tricks, training the dogs to walk on a lead without pulling or training them in basic behaviours.

Handheld clickers produce a clicking noise when pressed to mark a desired behaviour and make positive reinforcement training easier. It provides a consistent and audible response to positive behaviour that the dogs learn to associate with rewards. When the dog performs a positive behaviour, you press the clicker and immediately give the dog a treat. Clickers are most effective when training dogs individually.

Agility equipment

Agility training is a popular way of teaching obedience and develops better leadership between the owner and the dog. It can also improve off-lead control. Agility training is also fun for the dogs and offers both mental and physical stimulation.

Some of the agility equipment you could opt for includes:

  • Climbing frames and slides.
  • Bridges and walkways.
  • Hurdles and hoop jumps.
  • Poles and jump obstacles.
  • A doggy see-saw (also called a teeter).

If you are running training classes with multiple dogs, each dog owner will be expected to bring their own dog’s lead. However, if you are performing 1:1 training or working with the dog in their own environment (which can be recommended with anxious dogs) you may choose to bring your own lead that is ideal for the type of training you plan to do (e.g. a long lead with some slack).

You may request that your customers bring their own treats for their dogs to your training sessions. Alternatively, you may provide treats, most likely for situations when the owners have forgotten the treats. Some dog breeds, such as Beagles, Pugs, Rottweilers and Labradors, are particularly motivated by food so training them without the use of treats can be difficult. You may choose small treats that are specifically designed for training dogs or purchase regular-sized treats and cut them up to your preferred size.

Outdoor fencing

If you have an outdoor area, you must ensure it is fully enclosed using reliable fencing. Your fencing will need to be high enough that no dogs can jump over, it should be without small gaps that smaller dogs and puppies can slip between and it should be made from a reliable material that the dogs cannot chew or is not harmful to them.

Toys can have many uses in your training business, including as rewards, for recall purposes and for obedience training. Many breeds of dogs, including Labradors, Golden Retrievers, Border Collies and English Springer Spaniels, are motivated by playing with toys and chasing balls, making toys a great tool to incorporate into your training business.

Some of the toys you could choose include:

  • Squeaking toys.

Opt for strong toys made from tough materials and ensure the dogs are properly supervised throughout.

Pet relief stations

If you run training sessions indoors, to reduce the likelihood of dogs urinating on your equipment or inside your premises, you could opt to purchase a pet relief station. This is a hygienic place for the dogs to relieve themselves indoors. A pet relief station is a small area covered in artificial grass (that dogs are naturally attracted to) that also features a pop-up sprinkler system (usually shaped like an object such as a fire hydrant) that washes away any dog urine into the drain. A pet relief station can significantly reduce the number of urine-related incidents that occur in your facility and can help your facility to stay cleaner and more hygienic.

Water bowls and drinking fountains

Dog training can be thirsty work and because the dogs will be so active, it is essential that you ensure they have constant access to water. You will need multiple water bowls stationed around your facility. Alternatively, you could opt for water fountains and water dispensers so that the dogs always have access to fresh water.

These are a must-have for every dog business. As you will be using numerous bags a day, purchasing biodegradable bags helps your business to be more environmentally friendly.

Air conditioning and a dehumidifier

If you run training sessions indoors (which you most likely will in the autumn and winter months) you will need to keep your premises at a constant temperature that is safe and comfortable for the dogs (particularly as they are likely to be very active). Air conditioning can help you to keep your premises at the correct temperature and a dehumidifier can remove excess moisture from the air, helping to keep your premises safe and hygienic.

An air purifier

An air purifier can help to keep the inside of your training facility fresh and hygienic and remove any harmful bacteria and unwanted particles from the air. It can also prevent your facility from smelling bad and can ensure purified air is continually circulating around your premises.

A dog first aid kit

A dog first aid kit allows you to provide pre-vet first aid if one of the dogs in your training session becomes injured or ill. Your first aid kit should contain essential items such as alcohol pads, adhesives for cuts and wounds, a rubber tourniquet, bandages of different sizes (including patch bandages), tape and a foil blanket.

A human first aid kit

This is also essential in case you, an employee or a visitor to your business becomes injured. Ensure your first aid kit is replenished regularly. Your first aid kit for humans should include plasters of different sizes, different types of bandages, gauze dressings, cleansing wipes, distilled water, antiseptic cream, eye wash and sticky tape.

A mobile phone with a good camera

Photographs and videos are one of the easiest ways of tracking the dogs’ progress. You can take pictures or videos of the dogs performing a certain behaviour and then again once you have trained them. You can also upload the photos or videos to your website or business’s social media as a form of advertising. A mobile phone can also be beneficial as a means for customers and potential customers to contact you.

Rubbish bins and a waste disposal system

You will need rubbish bins in different areas of your facility. You will also need different bins for different items to ensure you are disposing of rubbish correctly and following recycling guidelines. Colour-coded bins are the easiest way to ensure your waste disposal system is operating correctly. Ensure your bins are secure and kept away from dogs.

A CCTV system

Because you will be storing expensive equipment and stock and will have beloved pets on your premises, CCTV can protect your business from potential break-ins and theft. CCTV can also protect your business in the event of an injury or accident and can provide vital footage to the police or a vet if an incident occurs. You can choose the specification of the equipment and how many cameras you require.

If you accept cash payments, you will need a safe as a way of safely storing the cash from your till at the end of the day. You can also keep extra change in your safe in case your cash register runs out of change during the working day.

A deep sink or washing area

You will need to wash any equipment that is used during the sessions to ensure it is safe and hygienic. You will likely need to install a deep sink or washing area that allows you to wash a lot of equipment at one time. This will help you to save time overall.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

PPE is a necessary purchase, particularly because you will be handling dogs and equipment and potentially picking up dog poop. PPE can also help to keep you and your staff members safe. Some PPE you could choose includes gloves, aprons and anti-slip footwear.

Cleaning equipment

Some of the cleaning supplies you may require include a sweeping brush, a mop and bucket, kennel cleaner, bleach, window cleaner, sanitiser, cloths, sponges and other cleaning supplies. You should also supply hand sanitiser and handwashing facilities for staff and any visitors to your business.

Reception and admin equipment

Some of the equipment you may require for your reception are:

  • A phone – for customers to make appointments.
  • An appointment book or scheduling software – to keep track of appointments and cancellations.
  • A reception desk and chair.
  • Pricing signs and opening hours signs.
  • Shelving for displaying products.

A computer/laptop and a Wi-Fi system

A computer can be used for running your business’s website and social media. You can also manage your online bookings, communicate with customers and market and advertise your dog training services. A computer can also be used for business and administrative tasks, such as ordering equipment and doing your accounts. You will also need a Wi-Fi system to enable you to use your computer or laptop online.

A website is useful for advertising your business. It should contain photographs and descriptions of your business and the services you offer. It should also list your qualifications and experience, your customer reviews and your contact information. Your website could also feature a booking system for customers to make an appointment or book a session. Design your website to include your business logo and to reflect your branding.

A payment system

The type of payment system you require will depend on your primary payment strategy. For example, if you accept in-person sales, you will likely require a transportable Point of Sale (POS) system (e.g. a card machine) and a cash register. If you accept online payments, you may require an online payment system or a way to track payments to your business bank account.

Leaflets and business cards

These items are essential to your marketing and advertising strategies. These items should look professional, be made using high-quality materials and fit the design and aesthetic of your business. Ensure all of these items feature your contact information so potential customers can get in touch with you.

Keep in mind that if you open a dog training business that focuses on a particular speciality of dog training, such as training detection dogs to detect drugs, the equipment you require will likely differ.

Training Dog Business

Typical Costs

When you are creating your business plan, an important consideration you will need to make is your expected start-up costs and running costs. Calculating your expected costs allows you to determine your initial investment requirements, your pricing strategy and your profit goals.

There are multiple costs associated with setting up and running a dog training business. Some of these costs will be one-off initial costs that you will need to pay when you are setting up your business. Other costs will be ongoing costs you will need to pay regularly – usually weekly, monthly, quarterly or annually.

Some of the typical costs associated with a dog training business are:

Your premises

Your premises will be your biggest expenditure, particularly because you will require a large facility with substantial indoor or outdoor space to accommodate the amount of equipment you will need and to ensure the dogs have enough space for their training. Rental prices can vary significantly, depending on the location and the size of the premises. Rental costs are often calculated per square metre. They can range significantly, from £500 to £15,000 per square metre annually. Your rental costs may also be higher if you are renting an already established or equipped training facility. Alternatively, you could opt to purchase your premises upfront or take out a mortgage. Keep in mind that your premises costs are likely to be higher if you also have outdoor space (including an area for training the dogs and a car park).

Refurbishment and installation costs

Unless your premises previously operated as a dog training business, you will need to refurbish or convert your facility to install the equipment you need for your business and to make your space fit for purpose. Depending on the size and layout of your facility, you may need to make changes, such as laying grass and creating an open indoor space. Reconfiguration costs can also include installing fences, creating a car park and installing secure doors. Refurbishment costs can vary significantly, depending on the amount of work you require and the scale of the work.

Your equipment is an important purchase. Consult the list above to determine the type of equipment you require. The cost of your equipment can vary significantly, depending on the specification of your equipment and how much equipment you need. The bigger your premises and the more dogs you plan to train at one time, the more equipment you will likely require. You may opt to purchase less equipment initially and then expand your equipment as your business grows. Equipment for a dog training business typically costs between £1,000 and £20,000.

Maintaining, repairing and replacing equipment

Repairs, maintenance and replacements are ongoing costs you will need to factor into your budget. Although some of your equipment will come with warranties, repairs and replacements are inevitable – particularly because your equipment will experience heavy usage and dogs are renowned for chewing, eating and scratching furniture, toys and other equipment. Regularly cleaning and maintaining equipment and ensuring it is used correctly can extend its lifespan, but potential repairs and replacements should still be factored into your budget. Some pieces of equipment, such as poop bags, treats and cleaning equipment, will also need to be replenished regularly.

Running costs

These are the day-to-day costs associated with running your dog training business. Some running costs are paid monthly, and others are paid quarterly or annually. Your running costs can include electricity, gas, water, council tax and insurance. To maximise your profits, try to keep your running costs as low as possible.

You could operate your business as the sole dog trainer or hire staff to help you expand your business. You will need to pay any staff you employ at least the national minimum wage and account for other expenses such as holiday pay, sick pay, maternity/paternity pay, National Insurance and any company pension contributions. Keep in mind that more experienced and more highly qualified dog trainers may expect higher pay.

When creating your brand identity, consider how you want your business to be perceived and what your brand story is. Consider the type of dog training you will specialise in and the customers you hope to attract. Branding can include creating your business’s visual identity, design and aesthetic, your business name and logo and your website. You could hire a professional to help you with branding or do some or all of the work yourself. Branding can cost between £500 and £10,000, depending on the level of work required.

Advertising and marketing

Advertising is an essential practice to ensure the success of your business. Advertising and marketing help your business to attract customers and can help you to maximise your profits. It is recommended that you spend between 1%-3% of your annual turnover on marketing. For example, if your annual turnover (or your desired annual turnover) is £90,000, you should spend between £900 and £2,700 on advertising and marketing. You may need to invest more money when you initially set up your dog training business or when you are trying to grow your business.

Business insurance

There are multiple coverage options available for a dog training business. Some types of coverage are optional, whereas others are mandatory.

Your coverage options include:

  • Public Liability Insurance.
  • Professional Indemnity Insurance.
  • Pet Behaviourist Cover.
  • Care, Custody and Control of Animals.
  • Property Insurance.
  • Personal Accident Insurance.
  • Legal Protection.
  • Employers’ Liability Insurance (if relevant).

The cost of business insurance can vary, depending on the level of coverage you choose and your insurance provider. Prices typically start at £10 per month.

Typical Pricing for Customers

Once you have calculated the typical costs associated with setting up and running a dog training business you can then create your pricing strategy.

You may choose to charge per training session or for a training course (for example, once a week for 10 weeks).

The price of dog training can vary significantly, based on multiple factors, such as:

  • The type of training you specialise in (this will likely be the most significant factor in determining your pricing).
  • The amount of training that is required.
  • Whether the training occurs in a group or on a 1:1 basis.
  • The demand for your services.
  • Your training, qualifications and experience.
  • Your location.
  • Your competitors’ pricing.
  • Your facilities and equipment.

On average, dog training in the UK costs between £30 and £90 per session.

Safely Running a Dog Training Business

Safe practices in your dog training business can help to protect the health, safety and well-being of the dogs, their owners, your employees (if relevant) and any other visitors to your business.

Some safe practices you can implement in your dog training business are:

Flea and tick prevention

To prevent an outbreak of fleas, ticks or lice among the dogs you train, ensure all the dogs are up to date in their flea and tick treatments. You could request proof that the dogs are up to date in their treatment or ask each dog’s owner to sign a document confirming their dog has had appropriate prevention treatment.

Implement cleaning procedures

Having effective cleaning procedures is essential for your business. A cleaning schedule and cleaning policies should be in place that cover the cleaning of equipment, surfaces and indoor and outdoor areas. All furnishings and equipment should be inspected daily, and you should document your cleaning and disinfection procedures. Dog faeces should be removed as frequently as necessary. The majority of cleaning should take place when dogs are not present (e.g. before and after training sessions).

Be aware of any health conditions, illnesses, injuries or allergies

This is essential for protecting the health and safety of the dogs you train. Ask your clients to document any conditions you need to be aware of when you first begin working together and then ask them to update you if there are any changes to their dog’s health. This can include physical conditions or previous injuries that could affect the physical training you are able to do, allergies to certain foods or treats and anything else you should be aware of, such as anxiety or aggression.

Ensure safe distances between dogs

Although the dogs will want to socialise with each other, you should encourage their owners to maintain safe distances between the dogs (ideally at least 4-6 feet), particularly when you want the dogs to concentrate or they are trying to learn a new skill. You should also ensure any new dogs are introduced safely and that all the dogs are comfortable with each other. You should also watch the dogs carefully for any signs of stress or agitation.

Carry out risk assessments

Risk assessments are a legal requirement for businesses with more than five employees. However, even if your business has fewer than five employees, risk assessments are still recommended to ensure the safety of the dogs, your staff and any visitors to your business. Risk assessments can help you to identify any potential hazards and risks in your business and how these can be reduced or eliminated.

As part of your risk assessment, you should:

  • Identify hazards.
  • Determine who could be at risk.
  • Evaluate any potential risks.
  • Implement relevant safety measures.
  • Record the results of the risk assessment.
  • Review the risk assessment regularly.

Training Dog

Implement security measures

Safety measures can help to protect your business, your employees, your customers and your equipment.

Some safety measures you should implement include:

  • Install a CCTV system.
  • Install an alarm system and secure and reliable locks.
  • Ensure doors and gates self-lock.

Ensure the dogs are properly supervised

Even though the dogs’ owners or handlers will be on site with them, it is still your responsibility to ensure all dogs are properly supervised (by you or another staff member) at all times. This is particularly important when the dogs are socialising together, when the dogs are using any equipment (such as toys or agility equipment) and during any high-risk activities.

Obtain qualifications

Although formal qualifications and certifications are not required, they can help your business to appear more professional and attractive to clients, can make you aware of any legal guidelines you should follow and teach you how to run your business with the lowest possible risk.

Some of the training courses you could consider include:

  • Kennel Club Accredited Instructors.
  • Dog Training Level 3 CPD.
  • Accredited Dog Behaviourist Course.

Obtain training

Health and safety training courses can help to ensure that your business follows safe practices at all times and that you and your employees are aware of health and safety guidelines.

Some training courses you could complete include:

  • Assessing Risk.
  • Workplace Health and Safety.
  • Manual Handling.

Ensure you are knowledgeable on different dog breeds and behavioural issues

Different breeds of dogs have different needs when it comes to training, will react to training in different ways and will have different behavioural difficulties. Different dog breeds are also motivated by different rewards, e.g. treats, toys or attention. You will need to ensure you have a high level of knowledge of different dog breeds before you begin operating. You will also need to have a high level of knowledge regarding different behavioural concerns, what could be causing negative behaviours (e.g. anxiety, stress, external triggers, previous neglect or abuse) and how best to address the issues. Ensuring you have a high level of knowledge can help to protect the well-being of the dogs, keep everyone in your sessions safe and make your training more successful.

Legal Requirements

Complying with legal guidelines is essential when setting up and running your dog training business.

Some of the legal requirements you should be aware of include:

Comply with the Animal Welfare Act 2006

Under the Animal Welfare Act , you are responsible for any animal that you look after or work with as part of your business. An incorrect training programme can negatively affect a dog’s welfare (e.g. using training techniques based on negative reinforcement), so ensure you are aware of current research and advice regarding training and consider the individual needs of each dog. You should also ensure that all the dogs you work with are safe. If you fail to meet a dog’s welfare or cause it unnecessary suffering, you may be prosecuted under this act.

Comply with space requirements

Whether you run training sessions indoors or outdoors, you must ensure that each dog has at least 6 square metres of space available to them on the premises. Calculate the size and layout of your premises (e.g. do not include reception areas and staff-only areas) to determine how much space is available to the dogs and how many dogs you are able to train at one time. For example, if your premises has 60 square metres available to the dogs, the maximum number of dogs you can accommodate is 10. However, the more space you have available per dog the better, particularly because each dog will likely have at least one person attending the sessions with them.

Ensure the environment is suitable

There are multiple regulations you must comply with when creating your training environment, including:

  • All areas, equipment and appliances (accessible to animals) must present minimal risks of injury, illness and escape.
  • Any equipment should be robust, safe, well-maintained and in a good state of repair.
  • Outdoor areas must be kept in a clean, presentable condition.
  • Hazards, such as sharp or rough edges, should be removed.
  • There should be no standing water (e.g. from cleaning or urine) and any drains must be kept unblocked.
  • Drain covers should be designed to prevent the dogs’ paws or nails from becoming caught.
  • Interior surfaces should be cleaned regularly and maintained in good order.
  • Fencing should be strong and in good repair and should be a sufficient height and dig-proof.
  • Electrical sockets or appliances in dog-accessible areas should be secure and protected from potential damage.
  • Noise levels, light levels and ventilation should be safe and suitable for different dog breeds.

Comply with the Animal Welfare (Licensing of Activities Involving Animals) (England) Regulations 2018

If you plan to train dogs for exhibition (e.g. training the dogs for educational or entertainment purposes) you will need to apply for a licence under these regulations . The licence will last for three years, at which time you will need to renew it. You don’t need to apply for a licence if you are providing other types of dog training (e.g. obedience or behavioural training).

Dispose of waste appropriately

Some of your business’s waste, such as animal faeces, will be classed as hazardous waste. This waste must be disposed of by a registered, authorised waste carrier. If your business transports waste or arranges for someone else to dispose of waste, you will need to apply for a waste carrier registration .

You can apply for your registration with the following governing bodies:

  • England: The Environment Agency.
  • Wales: Natural Resources.
  • Scotland: The Scottish Environment Protection Agency.
  • Northern Ireland: The Northern Ireland Environment Agency.

Check up-to-date veterinary vaccination records

To ensure the health and safety of all dogs who attend your training sessions, you should request up-to-date veterinary vaccination records that show they are vaccinated against:

  • Canine parvovirus.
  • Canine distemper.
  • Infectious canine hepatitis.
  • Leptospirosis.
  • Any other relevant disease.

This reduces the likelihood of diseases and illnesses spreading between dogs. It is particularly important you request these records if you run group sessions or if there is any possibility of dogs coming into contact with each other.

Create an emergency plan

Your business must have a written emergency plan in place that is known and available to all employees and is visible on your premises. Your plan should also be approved by the local authority and should feature an emergency drill programme that is tested every year. Your emergency plan should also feature details of how you safely extract the animals from your premises in the event of an emergency.

Comply with fire regulations

As the business owner, you are responsible for fire safety measures on your premises. There are multiple fire regulations you must ensure you comply with, including:

  • Conducting a fire risk assessment.
  • Complying with the Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005 .
  • Implementing any necessary fire safety measures.
  • Implementing emergency procedures and ensuring these are clearly displayed.

Implement safety measures

Safety measures can help to protect your business, the dogs and any visitors to your premises.

  • Suitable fire prevention, fire detection and firefighting equipment should be provided and maintained.
  • Entrances and fire exits must be kept clear of obstructions.
  • A first aid kit suitable for dogs must be kept on site.

Comply with the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (RIDDOR) 2013

RIDDOR states that you must report all injuries, diseases and dangerous events that occur in your business. Reports must be made to the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) using an appropriate recording document. These regulations apply to any incidents that involve dogs or humans.

Comply with the Manual Handling Operations Regulations 1992

Manual handling regulations can help to protect you and your employees from sustaining an injury or illness as a result of manual handling tasks. The regulations apply to the lifting or moving of any objects, bending down and reaching high and repetitive movements. You will likely be performing manual handling activities when performing tasks such as handling the dogs, bending down to pick up dog faeces and moving agility equipment.

Comply with the Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations (PUWER) 1998

PUWER regulations apply to you and any employees you hire. You must ensure any equipment in your training business is fit for purpose and is maintained and inspected regularly. You must also ensure that health and safety risks are minimised to an acceptable level, that you have the correct knowledge and training to use the equipment, and that protective measures are put into place. Equipment should also only be used under appropriate conditions. PUWER applies to equipment used with the dogs (such as agility equipment, toys and target sticks) and equipment that is solely used by you and your employees (such as laptops, chairs and rubbish bins).

Comply with the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989

The Electricity at Work Regulations state that any workplaces that use electricals must construct electrical systems in a way that prevents danger, maintain electrical systems to ensure they are safe, ensure electrical equipment is checked by a competent person annually and conduct Portable Appliance Tests (PAT). This includes electrical equipment such as your lighting system and your computer.

Appoint a competent person

A competent person should be appointed to help your business meet your health and safety legal duties. You can act in this role yourself or appoint another person to fulfil this role. The competent person should have the skills, knowledge and experience to identify any hazards in your business and put controls in place to protect people from harm.

Prepare a health and safety policy

The law states that every business in the UK must have a specific policy for managing health and safety. Your policy should state exactly how you will manage health and safety in your business and who is responsible for specific tasks and how and when these tasks are completed. Follow the recommended tips from the Health and Safety Executive when creating your health and safety policy. You should make your policy easily visible to any customers or visitors to your business.

Appoint a first-aider

All workplaces in the UK must have an appointed first-aider. In the event of an accident or injury, you will then be able to administer the necessary first aid. Although a first aid qualification or certificate is not legally required, it is the easiest way to demonstrate your first aid training.

Comply with receipt or invoice requirements

You may make it standard that you provide all customers with a receipt or invoice for your services. Even if you do not make this standard practice, many of your customers will request a receipt.

There are certain pieces of information you should include:

  • The word ‘invoice’ or ‘receipt’ and a unique invoice number.
  • Your business name and address.
  • The client’s name and address.
  • A brief description of your work.
  • The total you are charging the client and when the payment is due.
  • The payment method.

Comply with employment legislation

If you employ any staff, you must ensure you follow employment legislation, including the Employment Rights Act (1996 ) and the National Minimum Wage Act (1998) . You must also comply with legislation relating to recruitment, working hours, sickness, discrimination, dismissals, and maternity or paternity pay.

Comply with the General Data Protection Regulations (GDPR ) and the Data Protection Act (DPA)

You must comply with both pieces of legislation when storing or sharing personal information, such as your customers’ personal information, contact details and banking information. You must also apply for a Notification to Process Personal Data Licence. You will also need to apply for a licence with the Information Commissioner’s Office and renew your registration every year.

Register your business

You must register your business with HMRC before you begin operating. You can register as a sole trader or as a limited company. You will need to register your business name and any other relevant information.

Register for self-assessment tax

This allows you to calculate and pay your own taxes each year. You will need to track your finances every month and submit any expenses as part of your tax assessment.

As part of your tax responsibilities, you must:

  • Record all forms of income and expenses.
  • Complete an annual self-assessment tax return.
  • Register for VAT if you earn above the threshold (currently £85,000).
  • Pay National Insurance contributions.
  • Keep a record of your business accounts for the previous five years.

Dog Being Trained

Positives of Owning a Dog Training Business

Running a dog training business can be rewarding in many ways.

Some of the main pros associated with this type of business include:

Improve the bond between dogs and their owners

Dog training can have a significant impact on the bond between a dog and its owner. Dog training is a mentally enriching activity that deepens the connection between dog and human. The dog and owner can learn to better understand each other and learning to respond to their owner’s commands can make the dog more attentive to them and create a strong relationship. Being an integral part of this process can be very rewarding.

Improve the mental well-being of the dogs

Many people think the sole purpose of dog training is to make better-behaved dogs. However, there is usually a reason why dogs are displaying behavioural difficulties, and, in many cases, the behavioural issues are as a result of anxiety, stress or fear (for example, fear that arises because of previous neglect or abuse). By identifying the cause of the behaviours and working with the owners to address not only the negative behaviour but also the underlying cause, you can help to improve the mental well-being of the dog and see a happier dog and owner.

Help to reduce the occurrence of dog attacks

Although dog attacks are relatively rare, when they do occur they can cause significant physical and mental harm (and in some cases even death). Dogs that attack are usually untrained and attack because of fear or unaddressed aggression. Training dogs can increase obedience, eliminate negative behaviours and address any psychological issues, such as fear, anxiety and aggression. Dog training drastically reduces the likelihood of the dog becoming aggressive or attacking a person or another dog.

Work closely with dogs every day

If you are an animal lover, working with dogs every day will likely sound like a dream job. You can spend time with different types of dogs, form a bond with them (which is crucial to dog training), play with them, train them, spend extended periods of time with them and ensure they are happy and safe. If you love dogs, working with them every day can be extremely rewarding and make your business feel less like work and more like a vocation.

Mental health benefits

There are multiple mental health benefits associated with spending time with animals. Studies have found that something as simple as stroking a dog can have a positive impact on a person’s mental health.

Some of the benefits you may experience include:

  • Lower cortisol levels, resulting in lower overall stress.
  • Reduction in anxiety and depression.
  • Increased oxytocin levels and mood-boosting endorphins.
  • Reduced feelings of loneliness.

Physical health benefits

Working as a dog trainer means you will be very active as you will be moving around a lot to conduct training, handling the dogs, walking around to supervise and you will generally have high levels of physical activity.

Some of the physical health benefits of this profession can include:

  • Increased physical activity and improved physical health.
  • Reduced blood pressure (related to lower cortisol levels).
  • Lower risk of cardiovascular disease.

Choose your dog training speciality

As the business owner, you can choose whether to specialise in a specific type of dog training (such as obedience training), whether to focus on a niche (such as training emotional support dogs) or whether to offer a variety of different dog training classes.

High demand

With more pet dogs than ever in the UK and people willing to spend more money on their pets, the demand for dog training is higher than ever. Many people have realised the importance of properly training their dogs but don’t have the training, knowledge or time to complete training themselves. Instead, they usually look for an experienced dog trainer to help them. High demand makes it more likely that your business will succeed and will allow you to earn a higher profit margin.

See progress in real time

During every session, you will see the huge progress the dogs are making. As they learn new commands and tricks, learn obedience skills and improve their behaviour, you will see a physical and psychological change in the dogs. You will also witness the bond between dog and human grow stronger with every session.

Every day is different

Working as a dog trainer will never get boring. Every day will be different as you will be working with different dogs and humans, running different types of training at different levels (e.g. puppies vs. competition-level dogs) and running different activities. A varied workday helps to keep your job interesting and enjoyable.

A rewarding career choice

Running a dog training business can be rewarding in many ways. You can have a positive impact on dogs and their families, connect with other people and see your business grow and succeed. If you love animals and are passionate about working with dogs, running a successful business will not only be financially rewarding but also personally rewarding.

Opportunities for new businesses

Unlike many other industries, the dog training industry is not dominated by major companies or popular franchises. The majority of dog training businesses are small, independent businesses that operate in their local communities. This results in more opportunities for small businesses and opens up gaps in the market for new businesses to succeed.

Be part of your local community

You will most likely operate your business in your local area. This allows you to connect with other dog owners and animal lovers in your community, both personally and professionally. You can develop positive relationships, partner with other businesses (e.g. groomers and kennels) and even get involved in community events and fundraisers.

A scalable business

A dog training business has a simple business model, making it easy to set up this type of business. If you want to grow your business, this type of business is highly scalable, as you will already have established strong business relationships and a solid business plan. You can extend your premises, hire more staff, increase the services you offer and open additional training facilities in other locations. High demand for your business and high scalability gives you great opportunities for growth.

Unlimited income potential

There is no fixed income or limit on how much money your dog training business can make. If you operate at maximum capacity, this allows you to increase your profits. As your business grows in popularity, you can also raise your prices, extend your premises and scale up your business. A dog training business has a high-income potential and, with a solid business plan, can be extremely lucrative.

Pick and choose the dogs you accept

You can choose to take on as many or as few dogs as you want. If an owner requests your training services for a dog that has severe behavioural issues that you don’t think you can help or that you think is not well suited to your classes, you can decline to work with them or cease working with them whenever you want, as a fixed contract will not apply. Instead, you can recommend another dog trainer that you think will be better suited.

Create a positive work environment

You will be responsible for hiring staff and creating staff policies. This gives you the opportunity to create a positive work environment. You could hire staff that you know will bring positivity to your business, will work well with the dogs and other staff and will be an asset to your business. Your staff will also likely be like-minded people who are also passionate about animals.

Be as involved as you want

Once your business is established, you can choose to hire staff who can take over the day-to-day running of your business. You can then choose to be as involved as you want in the running of your business. You can allocate the vast majority of the training to your staff or hire administrative staff to handle the overall running of your business and any business and administrative tasks. You can be as involved as you want.

Trained Dogs

Negatives of Owning a Dog Training Business

Although owning a dog training business can be rewarding, there are some potentially negative aspects of this type of business you should be aware of:

It can be physically demanding

Although working as a dog trainer can positively impact your physical health, it’s also important to keep in mind that it can be physically demanding. You will be on your feet for hours at a time, handling large heavy dogs, handling equipment, throwing toys and bending down to stroke the dogs or to guide them as part of their training. A physically demanding job can result in pain or strain or could even cause an injury. You are also at risk of scratches or bites from dogs.

Dealing with anxious, stressed, scared or aggressive dogs

Although you will have the relevant skills and knowledge to deal with these types of dogs, it can also be stressful and at times scary (particularly if the dog is large or heavy). Behavioural training when there is an underlying psychological cause of the dog’s behaviour can be much more difficult and time-consuming. You may also have to hear about what caused the dog’s difficulties, such as previous abuse or neglect, which can be upsetting for someone who loves dogs.

Difficult (human) clients

This can be one of the most frustrating aspects of running a dog training business. As hard as you work to train a dog, if their human isn’t putting in the same effort or isn’t being consistent with the training at home, the dog is unlikely to make progress. The client can then become annoyed that their dog isn’t becoming more obedient and may demand more of your time or even review your business negatively. Difficult clients can be stressful to deal with and can have a detrimental effect on your business.

Unrealistic expectations

Some of your customers may expect you to create instant results and want their dogs to be immediately obedient, even after attending only one session. They may be disappointed when they don’t immediately see improvements and may stop working with you or leave negative reviews, which can have a detrimental effect on your reputation and income.

Complying with legislation

There are many different pieces of legislation and legal guidelines you will need to comply with. Not only can this be complicated and time-consuming, but any non-compliance (even if this is accidental) can be punished with a fine or the forced closure of your business. Some types of legislation also require you to go through specific training and/or gain a qualification, which can be costly and arduous. A dog training business can have high liability which can be a lot of stress and pressure on a business owner.

High liability

Even though the owners may be present, you will still be responsible for the health and safety of the dogs in your training sessions. If they become injured, bite a person or another dog, run away from you or cause damage, you will be responsible. As dogs are much-loved members of their families, you could be dealing with angry owners or even face prosecution.

A lot of skill, knowledge and experience is required

To run a successful dog training business, you will need to be highly proficient in a variety of skills and have a high level of knowledge and experience working with different breeds of dogs with different behavioural issues. It can be time-consuming to gain the appropriate skills and experience. You will also need to ensure your knowledge is consistently up to date and you are refreshing your skills.

Irregular working hours

Because you will need to be available for training sessions when the dogs’ owners are available, you may find that the majority of your sessions take place in the evening and at the weekend. Irregular working hours can impact your personal life and make it difficult to maintain a healthy work-life balance.

Work can be inconsistent

If you are not operating at full capacity, you will see a reduction in your profits. Unfortunately, work can be inconsistent and there may be certain times of the year when you are less busy and are running fewer training sessions. Inconsistent business can make it difficult to plan your staffing requirements and predict your profits.

It can be difficult to make your business succeed

If there are already established dog trainers operating in your area, this can make it extremely difficult to grow your own business and make a success of it. Dog owners are more likely to choose a trainer they have used previously (e.g. with other pets) who has been recommended to them or who already has a lot of positive customer reviews.

High start-up costs

The equipment needed for a dog training business can be expensive, particularly when you consider your premises’ rental and renovation costs. The high start-up costs mean you may need to source outside investment. It will also take longer for you to begin turning a profit. High start-up costs also make your business high risk, as you could potentially lose your investment if the business fails.

It can be stressful

Not only is there a lot of pressure to make every customer happy, but as the business owner, you will face the additional pressure of being responsible for your business’s success. You will have a lot of important responsibilities, such as ensuring health and safety, marketing and advertising, managing business and administrative tasks and dealing with customers. Handling all of these responsibilities can be stressful.

Bad reviews

Although the majority of customers leave honest reviews, some customers are difficult to please and will leave a negative review because of the smallest complaint (even if it is something outside of your control, such as your classes having no availability). Sometimes a fake customer also leaves a fake review, which can be extremely difficult to disprove and remove. Negative reviews can be extremely damaging to your business, particularly if your business is new or you’ve had relatively few reviews.

No benefits

As you are self-employed, you won’t receive benefits such as pension contributions. You will also be responsible for doing your own taxes and organising your National Insurance contributions. You will also have a lack of job security.

Your business could fail

Starting up your own business can be risky. Many new businesses fail which could result in you losing money or getting into debt. Your business could fail for several reasons, such as high local competition, an ineffective business plan or if the UK encounters another recession or a period of financial difficulty. If you have invested a lot of money and time into your business, this can be extremely disheartening and can result in you losing a lot of money.

Planning Your Dog Training Business

An effective and well-designed business plan is essential to the success of your dog training business. A business plan can help you to focus on the specific steps that will help your business succeed, plan your short-term and long-term goals, determine your financial needs and help your business to grow.

When creating your business plan, ensure it contains information such as:

  • Your company information.
  • Your company description.
  • The services you will provide.
  • Your branding, marketing and advertising plan.
  • The structure of your business.
  • The operational plan for your business.
  • The financial plan for your business.

Some of the factors you will need to consider when creating your business plan are:

The type of training you will specialise in

This is one of the first considerations you will need to make when planning your business. You could choose to specialise in a particular type of dog training or a dog training niche (e.g. training detection dogs or obedience training for puppies). Alternatively, you could choose not to specialise and instead offer a wide range of dog training for different needs. When deciding whether to specialise your business and which speciality to choose, consider your skills, knowledge and experience, the demand for different training services, your competition and your desired income.

Your business location

Your location will have a significant impact on the types of customers you are likely to attract. It will also impact your premises’ rental costs. If your business is located in a place popular with your target market or is easily accessible to customers, the increased custom and higher profits will be extremely beneficial to your business. Consider your rental budget and your size requirements when choosing your premises.

Your target market

Determining your target market is a key step in helping your business succeed. Different types of dog training businesses and different types of training will attract different customers. Some other factors that can influence your target market are your premises and equipment, your qualifications and experience, your location, your reputation and your pricing strategy. Once you have identified your target market, you can then focus on how to attract these customers to your business.

Your local competition

Being aware of your competition is an important step to ensuring the success of your business. Analysing your competition allows you to look at what they do well and what you think can be improved upon. Look at your competitors’ facilities and equipment, the services they offer, their pricing, their target market and the number of employees they have. Analysing your competition also identifies whether there is space in the market for your business.

Your staffing requirements

Your staffing is another important consideration you will need to make. You can choose to run your business as the sole dog trainer or hire employees, e.g. other dog trainers or training assistants, to help you run your business and take on more clients. Calculate the costs associated with hiring staff and compare this with the potential benefits to your business. When hiring your staff, consider their qualifications and experience. Keep in mind that your staffing requirements could change as your business grows and evolves.

Your brand and your unique selling point (USP)

Creating your brand is a key way to ensure you stand out from your competition. Branding can help you to focus your target customer base, attract customers and concentrate your marketing and advertising strategies. Some ways you can create your brand are by focusing on your business’s visual identity, considering the dog training you will specialise in and creating a brand story. Your USP can also be part of your brand and can help your business stand out from your competitors. Consider what makes your business special and how this fits into what defines your business.

Your marketing and advertising strategies

Marketing and advertising are especially important when you first open your dog training business. Your marketing strategy needs to be effective and budget friendly. Consider your target customers and the best way to reach them.

Some ways you can market and advertise your business are:

  • Build a functional and attractive website.
  • Advertise in your local community e.g. in dog parks.
  • Offer special deals and introductory offers to build your customer base.
  • Post leaflets in your local area.
  • Partner with local businesses, e.g. dog groomers and pet product shops.

Your equipment requirements

Consult the list above to determine your equipment requirements. The equipment you require will depend on the type of dog training business you set up, how big your premises is and how many dogs you want to work with at one time. Once you have determined your equipment requirements, you can then calculate the initial costs of purchasing the equipment.

Your start-up costs and running costs

Consult the list above to help you calculate the approximate costs of setting up and running your business. Determine what equipment you need and the amount of equipment, as well as the cost of your premises, to help you determine your start-up costs and what your initial investment requirements will be. You can then calculate whether you can finance your business yourself. Determining your start-up costs and running costs can also help you to create a budget and predict when you will begin to turn a profit.

Financing your business

Consult the list of start-up costs and running costs above to determine what capital you will require. Can you finance the business yourself or will you need to source outside investment? You will also need to calculate when you are likely to begin turning a profit. If you require outside investment, you could consider a bank or other financial institution, a business loan or an investment partner.

Your pricing policy

How will you price your services? Will you price per session or per training course? Will different types of training be priced differently? Will you offer 1:1 training and what will the associated costs be? Will you offer discounts to customers with multiple dogs? Consider the pricing of your competitors and your running costs when setting your own prices.

Your sales forecast

How many dogs can you realistically accept into one training class? What are your weekly, monthly and annual sales forecasts? You can analyse the sales forecasts of similar businesses and look at how sales vary throughout the year to estimate demand. As your business grows, your sales forecast is likely to change.

Your strategy for growth

Your strategy for growth is the actions you will take to realise your goals for expansion and any potential challenges your business could face and how you will avoid or overcome them. This can help to make your business more successful.

Potential challenges could include:

  • High local competition.
  • Difficulties finding new clients.
  • Customers signing up for individual sessions rather than training courses.

Some potential strategies for growth could include:

  • Improve your marketing and advertising strategies.
  • Offer discounts for signing up for a course.
  • Target higher-value clients.

Your business summary

Your business plan should include a detailed overview of your business, including the type of dog training business you are setting up, the services you will offer, your typical customer base, your staffing and equipment requirements and your business goals.

Your business goals

Your business goals or objectives are an essential part of creating your business plan. Your business objectives highlight the targets and goals of your dog training business and help you to create a one-year, three-year and five-year business plan.

Your business objectives should be SMART:

  • S = Specific
  • M = Measurable
  • A = Achievable
  • R = Realistic
  • T = Time-bound

Check you have complied with all legal requirements

Consult the list of legal requirements above to check you have complied with all requirements and regulations and that all your paperwork is accurate. Failure to comply with legal requirements could have a detrimental effect on your business or could result in a fine, the forced closure of your business or, in serious cases, prosecution.

Download our business plan

Manual Handling Units Slide

Manual Handling

Team leading units on first page

Team Leading Level 2

COSHH Unit Page

COSHH Awareness

Health and Safety for Managers Unit Overview

Health and Safety for Managers

Celebrating our clients and partners.

Greggs

Privacy Overview

The Palouse Region's premiere choice for dog training, behavior modification and service dogs

It's about the whole picture.

A healthy, happy dog has balance - nutritionally, mentally, and physically. Behavioral issues often arise when one of your dog's core needs is not being met. We specialize in creating individualized wellness plans that address all of your canine's core needs. Contact us today to set up an initial consulation - we would love to help you address any issues you may be experiencing.

& rehabilitation

We specialize in creating custom training programs to meet the individualized needs of your dog. We do everything from basic obedience to behavioral modification for the most problematic behaviors, including anxiety, biting, aggression and resource guarding. We offer several options ranging from group classes and private lessons to residency. Click the training Link above fo additional information. Feel free to call us with any questions or to set up an appointment for assessment.

custom service dog training

Prana K9 trains custom service dogs for autism, PTSD and general assistance. Some of the tasks we can train include: anxiety alerts, panic attack and nighmare interruption, deep pressure therapy, turning off and on light switches, opening doors, picking up dropped objects, finding lost objects, and bracing. An exhaustive list of task can downloaded on our service dog page. Please contact us with an questions you might have or to inquire about available dogs.

Needs assistance training your own service dog? Ask us about our train-your-own-service dog program

Downloadable List of Available Service Dog Tasks

  • Hispanoamérica
  • Work at ArchDaily
  • Terms of Use
  • Privacy Policy
  • Cookie Policy

Dogchitecture: WE Architecture Designs a Center That Challenges Traditional Animal Shelters

Dogchitecture: WE Architecture Designs a Center That Challenges Traditional Animal Shelters - Door, Facade, Beam

  • Written by Ella Comberg

Copenhagen firm WE Architecture has completed a proposal for a “Dog Center” in Moscow that challenges traditional notions of animal shelters. Nestled in the countryside, the one-story pavilion will rely on a series of courtyards divided by pergolas that disappear into the landscape. The firm notes that the courtyards, which provide enclosed outdoor space for the dogs , allow the center “to avoid the 'jail-like' fencing which is often associated with dog shelters."

Dogchitecture: WE Architecture Designs a Center That Challenges Traditional Animal Shelters - Image 2 of 12

WE, in collaboration with MASU Planning , hopes to create a “healthy and inspiring environment for sheltered dogs and for the different people who will visit and work at the Center.” The project accomplishes its atmospheric goals by complimenting steel pillars with wooden rafters. The rafters extend to create an exterior overhang which functions as “a sun screen in summer time and as an exterior cover/hallway on rainy days.” As visitors approach the building, the green roof , which sits atop the wooden rafters, is meant to serve as a “fifth facade” that can blend in easily with its wooded surroundings. Extensive outdoor seating space bleeds into greenery, inviting both human and animal recreation.

Dogchitecture: WE Architecture Designs a Center That Challenges Traditional Animal Shelters - Image 4 of 12

Design Team

Project year, photographs.

News via: WE Architecture

Project gallery

Dogchitecture: WE Architecture Designs a Center That Challenges Traditional Animal Shelters - Door, Facade, Beam

Materials and Tags

  • Sustainability

世界上最受欢迎的建筑网站现已推出你的母语版本!

想浏览archdaily中国吗, you've started following your first account, did you know.

You'll now receive updates based on what you follow! Personalize your stream and start following your favorite authors, offices and users.

An aerial view of University of Idaho's Moscow campus.

Virtual Tour

Experience University of Idaho with a virtual tour. Explore now

  • Discover a Career
  • Find a Major
  • Experience U of I Life

More Resources

  • Admitted Students
  • International Students

Take Action

  • Find Financial Aid
  • View Deadlines
  • Find Your Rep

Two students ride down Greek Row in the fall, amid changing leaves.

Helping to ensure U of I is a safe and engaging place for students to learn and be successful. Read about Title IX.

Get Involved

  • Clubs & Volunteer Opportunities
  • Recreation and Wellbeing
  • Student Government
  • Student Sustainability Cooperative
  • Academic Assistance
  • Safety & Security
  • Career Services
  • Health & Wellness Services
  • Register for Classes
  • Dates & Deadlines
  • Financial Aid
  • Sustainable Solutions
  • U of I Library

A mother and son stand on the practice field of the P1FCU-Kibbie Activity Center.

  • Upcoming Events

Review the events calendar.

Stay Connected

  • Vandal Family Newsletter
  • Here We Have Idaho Magazine
  • Living on Campus
  • Campus Safety
  • About Moscow

The homecoming fireworks

The largest Vandal Family reunion of the year. Check dates.

Benefits and Services

  • Vandal Voyagers Program
  • Vandal License Plate
  • Submit Class Notes
  • Make a Gift
  • View Events
  • Alumni Chapters
  • University Magazine
  • Alumni Newsletter

A student works at a computer

SlateConnect

U of I's web-based retention and advising tool provides an efficient way to guide and support students on their road to graduation. Login to SlateConnect.

Common Tools

  • Administrative Procedures Manual (APM)
  • Class Schedule
  • OIT Tech Support
  • Academic Dates & Deadlines
  • U of I Retirees Association
  • Faculty Senate
  • Staff Council

UI Extension 4-H Youth Development

4-h headquarters.

University of Idaho Extension 4-H Youth Development

Physical Address: Mary E. Forney Hall 1210 Blake Avenue, Room 206

Mailing Address: UI Extension 4-H Youth Development University of Idaho 875 Perimeter Drive, MS 3015 Moscow, ID 83844-3015

Phone: 208-885-6321

Fax: 208-885-4637

Email: [email protected]

Web: 4-H Youth Development

All those doggie kisses can be yours when you care for and train a dog, either your own or the family pet.

Dog, Animal

Provide complete care for a purebred or crossbred dog for at least 90 days, including obedience training and/or showing your animal. You will keep complete records on the costs of feeding and caring for a dog.

  • Dog (Animal) pdf

Some counties have more requirements. Contact your 4-H leader or UI Extension county office  to check.

  • Dog Resource Handbook (Ohio)
  • 4-H Animal Project Record Book
  • 4-H Involvement Report (ZSuite)
  • 4-H Permanent Individual Animal Record docx
  • 4-H Permanent Individual Animal Record pdf
  • Wiggles ‘n’ Wags, Level 1
  • Canine Connection, Level 2
  • Leading the Pack, Level 3
  • Dog Helper’s Guide

Dog, Non-Animal

You can benefit from many aspects of an animal project without actually owning the animal. Learn about

  • Different breeds
  • Your responsibilities as a dog owner
  • How to select, care for and feed a dog
  • Non-Animal Dog pdf
  • #91950 4-H Project Record Book

IMAGES

  1. Business Plan Template

    dog training center business plan

  2. Dog Training Business Plan Template (Free)

    dog training center business plan

  3. Business Plan Template

    dog training center business plan

  4. Create a Winning Dog Training Business Plan

    dog training center business plan

  5. How to write a business plan for a dog training school?

    dog training center business plan

  6. Dog Training Business Planner Printable Dog Trainer

    dog training center business plan

VIDEO

  1. Protection work for Schutzhund 1

  2. 💥Dangerous work. #STRAZHODESSA Malinois Cabas. Dog training GUARD. Odessa

  3. Activ Dogs Dog Training Center 🐾 grupa ❤️

  4. Computer Training Center Business (Part-1) কম্পিউটার ট্রেনিং সেন্টার ব্যবসা

  5. K9 Police Dog Training

  6. कंप्यूटर इंस्टीट्यूट कैसे शुरु करें

COMMENTS

  1. Dog Training Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]

    Dog Training Business Plan Template. Over the past 20+ years, we have helped over 2,000 entrepreneurs and business owners create business plans to start and grow their dog training businesses. On this page, we will first give you some background information with regards to the importance of business planning.

  2. Dog Training Business Plan Template (2024)

    Funding will also be dedicated toward three months of overhead costs to include payroll of the staff, rent, and marketing costs for Wagging Tails Dog Training Center. The breakout of the funding is below: Kennel and office space build-out: $20,000. Kennel equipment, dog training supplies, and materials: $10,000.

  3. How to Write a Dog Training Business Plan

    1. Write an Executive Summary. All business plans start with an executive summary, which is like a quick rundown of your entire business plan. The executive summary should be brief yet detailed enough to give the reader a general understanding of how you hope to run a successful dog training business. An executive summary includes: Your mission ...

  4. Dog Training Business Plan Template & Guidebook

    The #1 Dog Training Business Plan Template & Guidebook provides everything you need to launch and grow your business, from financial projections to legal and marketing advice. This comprehensive guidebook is designed to help you craft an effective strategy and make informed decisions as you embark on your entrepreneurial journey.

  5. How to Write a Dog Training Business Plan

    Financial Analysis. The next step in writing a dog training business plan is completing your financial analysis. It is really just an informed guess of what your future looks like financially. In ...

  6. How to Start a Dog Training Business: A Complete Guide

    If you're considering a career that merges pets and business, starting your own dog training business is a great option to consider. According to Business Insider, pet care is a "recession-proof industry."Even better for business, 7 in 10 Millennials are pet owners - showing the pet industry isn't slowing down any time soon. All that said, dog training isn't exactly an easy field ...

  7. How to Start a Dog Training Business: A Step-by-Step Guide

    Consultations with Owners: Meeting with dog owners to discuss their pets' behavior issues or training needs. Training Sessions: Holding one-on-one or group sessions to teach dogs commands, behaviors, or tricks. Planning: Creating customized training plans for each dog based on their needs and the goals of the owner.

  8. Dog Training Business Plan Sample [2024]

    5.3 Business Target. We aim to become the best dog training center in Concord within the next two years of startup. Some of our other business targets are as follows: Achieving the net profit margin of $10k per month by the end of the first year, and increaseing it steadily.

  9. Here's how you establish a profitable dog training business

    Calculate how much you need to start. On average, the initial capital needed to become a professional dog trainer can vary significantly, ranging from as low as $2,000 to $10,000 for a home-based operation to $15,000 to $30,000 for a more comprehensive training facility.

  10. Starting a Dog Training Business: The Ultimate Guide

    Starting your own dog training business can be a deeply rewarding venture. You'll have the opportunity to be your own boss, taking the reins and making decisions that align with your core values and work style. Moreover, you'll transform your love for dogs and skill in training them into a career that meets a market need.

  11. How to Start a Dog Training Business: 2024 Step-by-Step Guide

    3. Get Qualified and Certified. You don't need formal qualifications or certifications to become a dog trainer, but they will benefit you. Formal training will help ensure that you have the ...

  12. How to Start a Dog Training Business

    Even with a well-prepared plan, starting a dog training business - or ANY business for that matter - isn't easy. There's a lot involved both physically and emotionally, and it can take some ...

  13. Master Your Dog Training Business: 9-Step Checklist

    Highlight your use of positive reinforcement and explain the benefits it brings to both the dog and the owner. 4. Offer additional support: Go beyond basic training sessions by providing additional resources, such as follow-up consultations, online support, or access to a community of dog owners.

  14. A Sample Dog Training Business Plan Template

    Cost of leasing and renovating a facility for dog training business for at least a year - $33,000. Marketing and publicity expenses (for grand opening party as well as normal business operations) - $5,000. Operational cost for the first six months of running the business (employee salaries, payment of bills) - $100,000.

  15. 7 Simple Steps Start a Dog Training Business in 2024

    2. Make Your Business Valuable. Take pride in your knowledge and skills. Selling yourself and your packages requires you to become an excellent salesperson. No matter how new you are to your profession, you should charge professional rates. People value money over everything else. 3. Be A Professional.

  16. How to write a business plan for a dog training school?

    There are two main ways of creating your dog training school business plan: Using specialized business planning software, Hiring a business plan writer. Using an online business plan software for your dog training school's business plan. The modern and most efficient way to write a dog training school business plan is to use business plan software.

  17. Dog Training Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]

    Dog Training Business Plan Example I. Executive Summary Business Overview [Company Name] is a new dog training business located in [Location]. We provide several dog training services to help dogs of every age and breed reach their full potential. Our company provides multiple training services to do this, including puppy training, trick and ...

  18. Setting up a Dog Training Business

    The bigger your premises and the more dogs you plan to train at one time, the more equipment you will likely require. You may opt to purchase less equipment initially and then expand your equipment as your business grows. Equipment for a dog training business typically costs between £1,000 and £20,000.

  19. How to Start a Dog Training Business

    If you love dogs and get along well with people, a successful dog training business could be a promising career. To learn more about starting a dog training business, call The Dog Wizard at 877-585-9727. If you have the desire and a place to work with dogs and their owners, you can get the training and support to get your dog training business ...

  20. Training on the Square

    Training on the Square, Moscow, Tennessee. 629 likes · 6 talking about this · 65 were here. Canine Obedience training facility offering classes in Obedience, Rally, Scent Work, Trick Dog and House...

  21. Prana K9

    custom service dog training. Prana K9 trains custom service dogs for autism, PTSD and general assistance. Some of the tasks we can train include: anxiety alerts, panic attack and nighmare interruption, deep pressure therapy, turning off and on light switches, opening doors, picking up dropped objects, finding lost objects, and bracing.

  22. Dogchitecture: WE Architecture Designs a Center That ...

    Copenhagen firm WE Architecture has completed a proposal for a "Dog Center" in Moscow that challenges traditional notions of animal shelters. Nestled in the countryside, the one-story pavilion ...

  23. Dog

    Dog Resource Handbook (Ohio) Learn to choose and care for a dog. Understand breeds and the responsibilities of dog owners. If you have access to a dog, feed and train a dog for 90 days. In 4-H projects, you learn by doing. Gain new skills and show off your achievements.